WO2022141184A1 - Method for configuring uplink reference signal resource and related apparatus - Google Patents

Method for configuring uplink reference signal resource and related apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022141184A1
WO2022141184A1 PCT/CN2020/141360 CN2020141360W WO2022141184A1 WO 2022141184 A1 WO2022141184 A1 WO 2022141184A1 CN 2020141360 W CN2020141360 W CN 2020141360W WO 2022141184 A1 WO2022141184 A1 WO 2022141184A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
resource
terminal device
access network
configuration information
network device
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/141360
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
黄甦
郝金平
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2020/141360 priority Critical patent/WO2022141184A1/en
Priority to CN202080108165.4A priority patent/CN116671201A/en
Publication of WO2022141184A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022141184A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/02Selection of wireless resources by user or terminal

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications, and in particular, to a method and related apparatus for configuring uplink reference signal resources.
  • positioning technologies include uplink time difference of arrival (UL-TDOA) positioning technology, uplink arrival angle (UL-AoA) positioning technology, multi-cell round trip time (multi-cell round trip time, Multi-RTT) positioning technology and so on.
  • UL-TDOA uplink time difference of arrival
  • U-AoA uplink arrival angle
  • Multi-RTT multi-cell round trip time
  • the access network device configures resources for the terminal device in the connected state, so that the terminal device in the connected state can send reference signals based on the resources configured by the access network device.
  • it is only applicable to configure resources for terminal devices in a connected state, but cannot be applied to configure resources for terminal devices in an idle state or an inactive state.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a configuration method and a related apparatus for uplink reference signal resources, which can be applied to configure resources for terminal equipment in an idle state or an inactive state.
  • a method for configuring uplink reference signal resources is proposed, the method is applied to a terminal device, and the method includes:
  • first configuration information sent by an access network device, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of at least one uplink reference signal resource;
  • the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, and the first resource is an uplink reference signal resource in the at least one uplink reference signal resource.
  • the terminal equipment in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state can be based on the configuration information of at least one uplink reference signal resource. , determine the uplink reference signal resources used by the terminal equipment in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, and indicate to the access network equipment the uplink reference signal resources used by the terminal equipment in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, thereby It can be applied to configure resources for terminal equipment in RRC idle state or RRC inactive state. At the same time, the problem of high energy consumption caused when the terminal device needs to enter the RRC connection state to obtain resources is avoided, and the terminal device can independently select resources.
  • the method further includes:
  • Receive second configuration information sent by the access network device where the second configuration information includes configuration information of at least one second resource, the third resource is a second resource in the at least one second resource, and the first resource is associated with the third resource;
  • the indicating to the access network device that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource includes:
  • the uplink physical channel is sent through the third resource, where the third resource indicates that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource.
  • the access network device can be based on the received resource of the uplink physical channel, as well as the resource of the uplink physical channel and the uplink reference.
  • the relationship between the signal resources it is known that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, thereby avoiding the subsequent blind detection of the uplink reference signal resource that consumes resources, thereby saving resources.
  • the third resource is a physical random access channel PRACH resource
  • the PRACH resource includes at least one of the following: a random access opportunity and a preamble.
  • the third resource is a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource.
  • the method further includes:
  • the third configuration information includes configuration information of at least one fourth resource
  • the first resource is associated with one fourth resource in the at least one fourth resource
  • the third resource is associated with a fourth resource in the at least one fourth resource
  • the identification of the terminal device is sent to the access network device through the fourth resource associated with the third resource.
  • the identifier of the terminal device is sent to the access network device through the fourth resource associated with the first resource; or, the identifier of the terminal device is sent to the access network device through the fourth resource associated with the third resource
  • the identifier of the terminal device enables the access network device to know the identifier of the terminal device using the first resource.
  • the method further includes:
  • the fourth configuration information includes configuration information of at least one fifth resource, and the sixth resource is a fifth resource in the at least one fifth resource;
  • the indicating to the access network device that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource includes:
  • first indication information is sent to the access network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource.
  • the sixth resource is used to send the first indication information to the access network device, so that the access network device knows that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, thereby avoiding subsequent resource consumption for uplink reference.
  • Signal resources are blindly detected, thereby saving resources.
  • the sixth resource includes uplink physical shared channel PUSCH resources, and the method further includes:
  • the identifier of the terminal device is sent to the access network device through the sixth resource.
  • the indicating to the access network device that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource includes:
  • the seventh resource is used to send the first indication information to the access network device, so that the access network device knows that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, thereby avoiding subsequent resource consumption for uplink reference. Signal resources are blindly detected, thereby saving resources.
  • the terminal device implements sending the first indication information to the access network device based on the resources used for carrying msg-3 or msg-A, avoiding the process of waiting for the access network device to issue configuration information.
  • the method further includes:
  • the identifier of the terminal device is sent to the access network device through the seventh resource.
  • the first indication information is included in MAC control unit signaling or a recovery request message.
  • the first configuration information is carried in the first release message or the first system information sent by the access network device; and/or the second configuration information is carried in the first release message sent by the access network device; the second release message or the second system information; and/or the third configuration information is carried in the third release message or the third system information sent by the access network device; and/or the fourth configuration information It carries the fourth release message or the fourth system information sent by the access network device.
  • the method further includes: receiving first information sent by the access network device;
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: a timing advance (timing advance, TA), a transmission power control command, and second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device is allowed to use.
  • a timing advance timing advance
  • TA timing advance
  • second indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device is allowed to use.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is allowed to use the first resource, send an uplink reference signal on the first resource; or,
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is not allowed to use the first resource, reselect an uplink reference signal resource from the at least one uplink reference signal resource.
  • the method further includes: receiving paging information sent by the access network device, where the paging information includes information used to instruct the terminal device to send an uplink reference signal.
  • a method for configuring uplink reference signal resources is provided, the method is applied to an access network device, and the method includes:
  • the terminal device sending first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of at least one uplink reference signal resource;
  • the resource used by the terminal device is a first resource
  • the first resource is an uplink reference signal resource in the at least one uplink reference signal resource.
  • the terminal equipment in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state can be based on the configuration information of at least one uplink reference signal resource. , determine the uplink reference signal resources used by the terminal equipment in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, and indicate to the access network equipment the uplink reference signal resources used by the terminal equipment in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, thereby It can be applied to configure resources for terminal equipment in RRC idle state or RRC inactive state. At the same time, the problem of high energy consumption caused when the terminal device needs to enter the RRC connection state to obtain resources is avoided, and the terminal device can independently select resources.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second configuration information includes configuration information of at least one second resource
  • the third resource is a second resource in the at least one second resource, and the first resource associated with said third resource
  • the determining that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource according to the instruction from the terminal device includes:
  • the uplink physical channel is received through the third resource, and the third resource indicates that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource
  • the access network device can be based on the received resource of the uplink physical channel, as well as the resource of the uplink physical channel and the uplink reference.
  • the relationship between the signal resources it is known that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, thereby avoiding the subsequent blind detection of the uplink reference signal resource that consumes resources, thereby saving resources.
  • the third resource is a physical random access channel PRACH resource
  • the PRACH resource includes at least one of the following: a random access opportunity and a preamble.
  • the third resource is a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource.
  • the method further includes:
  • the third configuration information includes configuration information of at least one fourth resource
  • the first resource is associated with one fourth resource in the at least one fourth resource, or, the third resource is associated with a fourth resource of the at least one fourth resource;
  • the identifier of the terminal device sent by the terminal device is received through the fourth resource associated with the third resource.
  • the identifier of the terminal device is sent to the access network device through the fourth resource associated with the first resource; or, the identifier of the terminal device is sent to the access network device through the fourth resource associated with the third resource
  • the identifier of the terminal device enables the access network device to know the identifier of the terminal device using the first resource.
  • the method further includes:
  • the fourth configuration information includes configuration information of at least one fifth resource, and the sixth resource is a fifth resource in the at least one fifth resource;
  • the determining that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource according to the instruction from the terminal device includes:
  • the first indication information is received through the sixth resource, and the first indication information is used to indicate the resource used by the terminal device The resource is the first resource.
  • the sixth resource is used to send the first indication information to the access network device, so that the access network device knows that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, thereby avoiding subsequent resource consumption for uplink reference.
  • Signal resources are blindly detected, thereby saving resources.
  • the sixth resource includes uplink physical shared channel PUSCH resources, and the method further includes:
  • the identifier of the terminal device sent by the terminal device is received.
  • the determining that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource includes:
  • the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource according to the first indication information
  • the first indication information is received through the seventh resource
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource
  • the seventh resource is used to carry msg-3 or msg-A.
  • the seventh resource is used to send the first indication information to the access network device, so that the access network device knows that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, thereby avoiding subsequent resource consumption for uplink reference. Signal resources are blindly detected, thereby saving resources.
  • the terminal device implements sending the first indication information to the access network device based on the resources used for carrying msg-3 or msg-A, avoiding the process of waiting for the access network device to issue configuration information.
  • the method further includes:
  • the identifier of the terminal device sent by the terminal device is received.
  • the first indication information is included in MAC control unit signaling or a recovery request message.
  • the first configuration information is carried in the first release message or the first system information sent by the access network device; the second configuration information is carried in the second release message sent by the access network device or the second system information; the third configuration information is carried in the third release message or the third system information sent by the access network device; the fourth configuration information is carried in the fourth release message sent by the access network device Release message or fourth system information.
  • the method further includes: sending first information to the terminal device;
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: timing advance, power control information, and second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether the first resource is allowed to be used by the terminal device.
  • the method further includes:
  • An uplink reference signal is received on the first resource.
  • the method further includes:
  • the method further includes:
  • the configuration information of the first resource is sent to the first device.
  • the method further includes:
  • the request message includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to instruct the access network device to obtain an identifier of a terminal device that uses the first resource;
  • a communication device in a third aspect, includes a receiving module and a sending module, wherein,
  • the receiving module is configured to receive first configuration information sent by an access network device, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of at least one uplink reference signal resource;
  • the sending module is configured to indicate to the access network device that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, and the first resource is an uplink reference signal resource in the at least one uplink reference signal resource .
  • the receiving module is also used for
  • Receive second configuration information sent by the access network device where the second configuration information includes configuration information of at least one second resource, the third resource is a second resource in the at least one second resource, and the first resource is associated with the third resource;
  • the sending module When indicating to the access network device that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, the sending module is configured to send an uplink physical channel through the third resource, and the third resource indicates the The resource used by the terminal device is the first resource.
  • the third resource is a physical random access channel PRACH resource
  • the PRACH resource includes at least one of the following: a random access opportunity and a preamble.
  • the third resource is a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource.
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive third configuration information sent by the access network device, where the third configuration information includes configuration information of at least one fourth resource, the first resource and the A fourth resource in the at least one fourth resource is associated, or the third resource is associated with a fourth resource in the at least one fourth resource;
  • the sending module is configured to send the identifier of the terminal device to the access network device through the fourth resource associated with the first resource; or, through the fourth resource associated with the third resource, Send the identification of the terminal device to the access network device.
  • the receiving module is also used for
  • the fourth configuration information includes configuration information of at least one fifth resource, and the sixth resource is a fifth resource in the at least one fifth resource;
  • the sending module is configured to:
  • first indication information is sent to the access network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource.
  • the sixth resource includes uplink physical shared channel PUSCH resources
  • the sending module is further configured to send the identifier of the terminal device to the access network device through the sixth resource.
  • the sending module when indicating to the access network device that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, is configured to send the first resource to the access network device through the seventh resource.
  • a piece of indication information where the first indication information is used to indicate that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, and the seventh resource is used to carry msg-3 or msg-A.
  • the sending module is further configured to send the identifier of the terminal device to the access network device through the seventh resource.
  • the first indication information is included in MAC control unit signaling or a recovery request message.
  • the first configuration information is carried in the first release message or the first system information sent by the access network device; and/or the second configuration information is carried in the first release message sent by the access network device; the second release message or the second system information; and/or the third configuration information is carried in the third release message or the third system information sent by the access network device; and/or the fourth configuration information It carries the fourth release message or the fourth system information sent by the access network device.
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive the first information sent by the access network device;
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: timing advance, transmission power control command, and second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device is allowed to use the first resource.
  • the device further includes a processing module
  • the sending module is further configured to send an uplink reference signal on the first resource
  • the processing module is configured to reselect an uplink reference signal resource from the at least one uplink reference signal resource.
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive paging information sent by the access network device, where the paging information includes information used to instruct the terminal device to send an uplink reference signal.
  • a communication device in a fourth aspect, includes a transceiver module and a processing module, wherein,
  • the transceiver module is configured to send first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of at least one uplink reference signal resource;
  • the processing module is configured to determine, according to an indication from the terminal device, that a resource used by the terminal device is a first resource, where the first resource is an uplink reference signal resource in the at least one uplink reference signal resource.
  • the transceiver module is configured to send second configuration information to the terminal device, where the second configuration information includes configuration information of at least one second resource, and the third resource is one of the at least one second resource. a second resource of , the first resource is associated with the third resource;
  • the processing module is configured to determine, according to the uplink physical channel, that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, and the The uplink physical channel is received through the third resource, and the third resource indicates that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource.
  • the third resource is a physical random access channel PRACH resource
  • the PRACH resource includes at least one of the following: a random access opportunity and a preamble.
  • the third resource is a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource.
  • the transceiver module is also used for
  • the third configuration information includes configuration information of at least one fourth resource
  • the first resource is associated with one fourth resource in the at least one fourth resource, or, the third resource is associated with a fourth resource of the at least one fourth resource;
  • the identifier of the terminal device sent by the terminal device is received through the fourth resource associated with the third resource.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send fourth configuration information to the terminal device, where the fourth configuration information includes configuration information of at least one fifth resource, and the sixth resource is the at least one fifth resource one of the fifth resources;
  • the processing module is configured to determine, according to the first indication information, that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, The first indication information is received through the sixth resource, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource.
  • the sixth resource includes uplink physical shared channel PUSCH resources
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive the identifier of the terminal device sent by the terminal device through the sixth resource.
  • the processing module is configured to determine, according to the first indication information, that the resource used by the terminal device is The first resource, the first indication information is received through the seventh resource, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, and the seventh resource is used to bear the msg-3 or msg-A.
  • the transceiver module is configured to receive, through the seventh resource, the identifier of the terminal device sent by the terminal device.
  • the first indication information is included in MAC control unit signaling or a recovery request message.
  • the first configuration information is carried in the first release message or the first system information sent by the access network device; and/or the second configuration information is carried in the first release message sent by the access network device; the second release message or the second system information; and/or the third configuration information is carried in the third release message or the third system information sent by the access network device; and/or the fourth configuration information It carries the fourth release message or the fourth system information sent by the access network device.
  • the transceiver module is also used for
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: timing advance, power control information, and second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device is allowed to use the first resource.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive an uplink reference signal on the first resource.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send paging information to the terminal device, where the paging information includes information used to instruct the terminal device to send an uplink reference signal.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send configuration information of the first resource to the first device.
  • the transceiver module is also used for
  • the request message includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to instruct the access network device to obtain an identifier of a terminal device that uses the first resource;
  • a communication device comprising a processor, a memory, an input interface, and an output interface, wherein the input interface is used to receive information from other communication devices other than the communication device, and the output interface is used to send information to the communication device.
  • Other communication devices other than the communication device output information, and the processor invokes the computer program stored in the memory to implement the method according to any one of the first aspect or the second aspect.
  • the communication device may be a chip implementing the method of the first aspect or the second aspect or a device including a chip.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided, and a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is executed, any one of the first aspect or the second aspect is implemented. method.
  • a computer program product which, when a computer reads and executes the computer program product, causes the computer to execute the method to implement any one of the first aspect or the second aspect.
  • a communication system including the above-mentioned terminal equipment, and/or the above-mentioned access network equipment.
  • FIG. 1 is an infrastructure of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a specific possible network architecture to which the embodiment of the present application is applicable;
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure applicable to the communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for configuring uplink reference signal resources according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another method for configuring uplink reference signal resources according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a simplified terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a simplified access network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • At least one (a) of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c may be single or multiple .
  • the singular expressions "a”, “an”, “the”, “above”, “the” and “the” are intended to also include such expressions as “one or more” unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. to the contrary.
  • the ordinal numbers such as “first” and “second” mentioned in the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, sequence, priority or priority of multiple objects. Importance.
  • references to "one embodiment” or “some embodiments” or the like described in the embodiments of the present application mean that a particular feature, structure or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment is included in one or more embodiments of the present application.
  • appearances of the phrases “in one embodiment,” “in some embodiments,” “in other embodiments,” “in other embodiments,” etc. in various places in this specification are not necessarily All refer to the same embodiment, but mean “one or more but not all embodiments” unless specifically emphasized otherwise.
  • the terms “including”, “including”, “having” and their variants mean “including but not limited to” unless specifically emphasized otherwise.
  • Radio resource control (RRC) idle state RRC_IDLE
  • the terminal device When the terminal device is in the RRC idle state, the terminal device does not retain a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) context (context).
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the RRC context is a parameter for establishing communication between a terminal device and a network device.
  • the RRC context may include security context, capability information of the terminal device, and the like.
  • the terminal device has not established a connection with the core network device, that is, the core network device is in CN-IDLE (core network idle state). If there is no data to be transmitted in the terminal device, it will enter a sleep state and turn off the transceiver unit to reduce power consumption. Terminal devices in the RRC idle state only wake up periodically to receive paging messages.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device is in the RRC connected state, the terminal device has established an RRC context. The parameters required for establishing communication between the terminal device and the network device have been acquired by both parties of the communication.
  • the network device allocates a cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI) to the accessing terminal device.
  • C-RNTI cell radio network temporary identifier
  • the terminal device also establishes a connection with the core network device, that is, the core network device is in CN_CONNECTED (core network connection state).
  • CN_CONNECTED core network connection state
  • the terminal device If there is still data to be transmitted subsequently, the terminal device returns to the continuous receiving state again. At this time, since the RRC context has been established, the switching time required for the UE to leave the RRC connected state DRX and prepare for continuous reception is much shorter than the switching time from the RRC idle state to the RRC connected state.
  • the RRC context is reserved between the terminal device and the network device.
  • the terminal device also establishes a connection with the core network device, that is, the core network device is in CN_CONNECTED (core network RRC connection state).
  • the process of switching to the RRC connected state for data reception is relatively fast, and no additional core network signaling overhead is required.
  • the terminal equipment in the RRC inactive state also enters the dormant state. Therefore, the RRC inactive state can meet the requirements of reducing connection delay, signaling overhead and power consumption.
  • the positioning measurement request refers to a message for requesting a positioning task for a specific terminal device.
  • the positioning task can be a location immediate request (LIR) service or a location deferred request (LDR) service.
  • LIR location immediate request
  • LDR location deferred request
  • the mobile communication network can inform the positioning of the location information of the terminal device or the location-related positioning events.
  • the requester of the task that is, the positioning requester.
  • a location server or a location management function (LMF) network element can be used to manage location requests for specific terminal devices.
  • LMF location management function
  • managing the positioning measurement request means that the designated location server or the LMF network element can be used to feed back the location information of the terminal device to the positioning requester according to the positioning measurement request sent by the positioning requester, or indicate to the positioning requester that the terminal device has a positioning request indication. location event.
  • the immediate request service is a positioning service of "immediate request and immediate response", and the positioning measurement request may include LIR.
  • the location request is directed to the core network element where the terminal device is located, such as the access and mobility management function (AMF) network element or the gateway mobile location center (GMLC)
  • the network element sends the LIR, which is forwarded by the AMF network element or GMLC to the positioning server or other network elements in the core network, such as the LMF network element, so that the positioning server or the LMF network element can immediately feed back the location information of the terminal device to the positioning requester based on the LIR.
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • GMLC gateway mobile location center
  • the location delay request service is delayed, and the location requester is equivalent to subscribing to the terminal device, the core network element where the terminal device is located, or other related network elements for the location report of the terminal device.
  • the report can be triggered after a certain location event is met. Positioning events, for example, the terminal device moves out of or moves to a certain area, the terminal device moves a distance that reaches a threshold distance, or satisfies a preset reporting period, etc.
  • the report can carry the location information of the terminal device, and/or the report is available It is used to indicate that the above location events are satisfied, such as instructing the terminal device to move out or move to a certain area and so on.
  • the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) architecture, a fifth generation mobile communication technology (5th generation mobile networks, 5G), a 4.5 generation mobile communication technology (the 4.5 generation mobile communication technology) networks, 4.5G), wireless local area networks (WLAN) systems, etc.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • 5G fifth generation mobile communication technology
  • 4.5 generation mobile communication technology the 4.5 generation mobile communication technology
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • FIG. 1 is an infrastructure of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system may include one or more access network devices 10 (only one is shown) and one or more terminal devices 20 in communication with each access network device 10 .
  • FIG. 1 is only a schematic diagram, and does not constitute a limitation on the applicable scenarios of the technical solutions provided in the present application.
  • the access network device 10 is an entity on the network side for sending a signal, or receiving a signal, or sending a signal and receiving a signal.
  • the access network device 10 may be a device deployed in a radio access network (RAN) to provide a wireless communication function for the terminal device 20, such as a transmission reception point (TRP), a base station, various form control node.
  • RAN radio access network
  • TRP transmission reception point
  • base station a base station
  • various form control node for example, a network controller, a wireless controller, a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, etc.
  • CRAN cloud radio access network
  • the access network equipment may be various forms of macro base station, micro base station (also called small cell), relay station, access point (AP), radio network controller (RNC), Node B (node B, NB), base station controller (base station controller, BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved nodeB, or home node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseBand unit, BBU), transmission point (transmitting and receiving point, TRP), transmitting point (transmitting point, TP), mobile switching center), etc., can also be the antenna panel of the base station.
  • the control node can connect to multiple base stations, and configure resources for multiple terminals covered by multiple base stations.
  • the names of devices with base station functions may vary.
  • it can be an evolved base station (evolutional node B, eNB or eNodeB) in an LTE system, a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, or a 5G network gNB, or the access network device 10 may be a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, a network-side device in a network after 5G, or an access network device in a future evolved PLMN network, etc.
  • the specific name of the access network device is not limited.
  • the terminal device 20 is an entity on the user side that is used for receiving a signal, or sending a signal, or receiving a signal and sending a signal.
  • the terminal device 20 is used to provide one or more of voice service and data connectivity service to the user.
  • the terminal device 20 can be a device that includes a wireless transceiver function and can cooperate with an access network device to provide a communication service for the user.
  • the terminal device 20 may refer to a user equipment (UE), an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a terminal, a wireless communication device, a user agent or user device.
  • UE user equipment
  • the terminal device 20 may also be a drone, an internet of things (IoT) device, a station (ST) in WLAN, a cellular phone (cellular phone), a smart phone (smart phone), a cordless phone, wireless data Cards, tablet computers, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistant (PDA) devices, laptop computers (laptop computer) ), machine type communication (MTC) terminals, handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices (also known as wearable smart devices) , virtual reality (VR) terminal, augmented reality (AR) terminal, wireless terminal in industrial control (industrial control), wireless terminal in unmanned driving (self driving), remote medical (remote medical) Wireless terminals in smart grids, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, etc.
  • IoT internet of things
  • ST in WLAN
  • a cellular phone cellular phone
  • smart phone smart phone
  • the terminal device 20 may also be a device to device (device to device, D2D) device, such as an electricity meter, a water meter, and the like.
  • the terminal device 20 may also be a terminal in a 5G system or a terminal in a next-generation communication system, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system may further include a first device 30 and a second device 40 .
  • the first device 30 may communicate with the second device 40
  • the second device 40 may communicate with the access network device 10 .
  • the first device 30 is used to provide the selection of a corresponding positioning method according to positioning accuracy requirements, time delay requirements, etc., and selection of a corresponding communication protocol to complete the interaction of the information required for positioning, and to provide other required for positioning services. information, or positioning strategies.
  • the first device 30 may be an evolved serving mobile location center (evolved serving mobile location center, E-SMLC).
  • E-SMLC evolved serving mobile location center
  • the first device 30 may be a location management function (location management function, LMF) network element, and in future communications such as 6th generation (6th generation, 6G) communication, the first device 30 may still be an LMF network element , or other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • LMF location management function
  • the second device 40 is mainly used for the registration, mobility management, and tracking area update procedures of the terminal device in the mobile network.
  • the second device 40 terminates non-access stratum (NAS) messages, completes registration management, connection management and reachability management, assigns a track area list (TA list), and mobility management, etc., and Transparent routing of session management (SM) messages to session management network elements.
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • the second device 40 may be an access and mobility management function (AMF) network element
  • Namf is a service-based interface provided by the AMF network element, and the AMF network element can communicate with other network elements through Namf. network function communication.
  • future communications such as 6th generation (6th generation, 6G) communications, the second device 40 may still be an AMF network element, or have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a specific possible network architecture to which this embodiment of the present application is applied.
  • the network structure may include the above-mentioned LMF network element, AMF network element, gNB, terminal equipment, and the like.
  • the NL1 interface is the reference point between the AMF network element and the LMF network element
  • the N2 interface is the reference point between the gNB and the AMF network element, which is used for non-access stratum (NAS) messages and the next generation.
  • Application protocol next generation application protocol, NGAP
  • gNB and terminal equipment communicate through the air interface.
  • the air interface is a name, and the air interface may be a communication interface between the access network device and the terminal device.
  • the air interface is called new radio (NR).
  • AMF network elements can also use service interfaces to interact.
  • the service interface provided externally by the AMF network element may be Namf.
  • the above network elements or functions may be network elements in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or virtualized functions instantiated on a platform (eg, a cloud platform).
  • the above network elements or functions may be divided into one or more services, and further, services that exist independently of network functions may also appear.
  • an instance of the above-mentioned function, or an instance of a service included in the above-mentioned function, or an instance of a service that exists independently of a network function may be referred to as a service instance.
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application may be applicable to various system architectures.
  • the network architecture and service scenarios described in the embodiments of the present application are for the purpose of illustrating the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application more clearly, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the evolution of the architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
  • each network element in FIG. 1 may be implemented by one device, or may be implemented jointly by multiple devices, or It may be a functional module in a device, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application. It can be understood that the above functions may be network elements in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or virtualized functions instantiated on a platform (eg, a cloud platform).
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure applicable to the communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 300 includes at least one processor 301 , a communication line 302 , a memory 303 and at least one communication interface 204 .
  • the processor 301 can be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more processors for controlling the execution of the programs of the present application. integrated circuit.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • the communication line 302 may include a path to communicate information between the aforementioned components.
  • the communication interface 204 is any device such as a transceiver (such as an antenna, etc.) for communicating with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, RAN, wireless local area networks (WLAN), and the like.
  • a transceiver such as an antenna, etc.
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • Memory 303 may be read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (RAM) or other types of information and instructions It can also be an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disk storage, CD-ROM storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or capable of carrying or storing desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and capable of being executed by a computer Access any other medium without limitation.
  • the memory may exist independently and be connected to the processor through communication line 302 .
  • the memory can also be integrated with the processor.
  • the memory provided by the embodiments of the present application may generally be non-volatile.
  • the memory 303 is used for storing computer-executed instructions for executing the solution of the present application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 301 .
  • the processor 301 is configured to execute the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 303, thereby implementing the methods provided by the following embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer-executed instructions in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as application code, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor 301 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 3 .
  • the communication apparatus 300 may include multiple processors, such as the processor 301 and the processor 207 in FIG. 3 .
  • processors can be a single-core (single-CPU) processor or a multi-core (multi-CPU) processor.
  • a processor herein may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).
  • the communication apparatus 300 may further include an output device 205 and an input device 206 .
  • the output device 205 is in communication with the processor 301 and can display information in a variety of ways.
  • the output device 205 may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector (projector) Wait.
  • the input device 206 is in communication with the processor 301 and can receive user input in a variety of ways.
  • the input device 206 may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, a sensor device, or the like.
  • the above-mentioned communication apparatus 300 may be a general-purpose device or a dedicated device.
  • the communication device 300 may be a desktop computer, a portable computer, a network server, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wireless terminal device, an embedded device, or a similar structure in FIG. 3 . equipment.
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • This embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of the communication apparatus 300 .
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for configuring uplink reference signal resources according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device in FIG. 4 is the terminal device 20 in FIG. 1
  • the access network device in FIG. 4 is the access network device 10 in FIG. 1 .
  • the method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
  • the access network device sends first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of at least one uplink reference signal resource.
  • an access network device may be an access network device (eg, a camping base station) in a cell where the terminal device resides, or an access network device (eg, a serving base station) where the terminal device serves a cell. , which is not limited here.
  • the resident base station refers to the base station that the terminal selects based on the cell reselection process [3GPP TS 38.304] to receive system information and paging but has not established a connection with the terminal equipment
  • the serving base station refers to the base station that establishes a connection with the terminal equipment.
  • the uplink reference signal resource is the smallest unit of uplink reference signal configuration, which is a logical concept.
  • the parameters that define an uplink reference signal resource include one or more of the following parameters: time domain parameters (including the period of the periodic resource and the time slot level offset within the period, the time slot level of the aperiodic resource relative to the time slot where the activation signaling is located) offset, OFDM symbol index in time slot, etc.), frequency domain parameters (including bandwidth, starting resource block RB, frequency hopping configuration, frequency domain comb tooth configuration), code domain parameters (scrambling sequence index, sequence cyclic shift) ), power control parameters and spatial relationship parameters.
  • the configuration information of an uplink reference signal resource may include the configuration information of the above-mentioned parameters defining the uplink reference signal and a resource index of the uplink reference signal resource.
  • the terminal device can send the uplink reference signal according to the configuration information of the parameters defining the uplink reference signal, and the resource index can be used to inform the access network device on which uplink reference signal resource the result is measured when the measurement result is provided.
  • the resource index of the uplink reference signal resource may also be understood as the index of the configuration information of the uplink reference signal resource, and the index of the packet resource index in the measurement result may indicate which configuration information of the uplink reference signal resource the measurement result is based on.
  • the configured uplink reference signal resources are obtained.
  • time domain parameters frequency domain parameters, code domain parameters, power control parameters and spatial relationship parameters that define the uplink reference signal resources
  • reference may be made to 3GPP TS 38.211 and 3GPP TS 38.331, which will not be repeated here.
  • the sequence cyclic shift may also be included in the frequency domain comb configuration information of the uplink reference signal resource.
  • the frequency-domain comb configuration information of the uplink reference signal resource may be used to determine a resource element (resource element, RE) on the uplink reference signal resource for sending the uplink reference signal sequence.
  • one uplink reference signal resource may be understood as one uplink reference signal resource configured by the configuration information of one uplink reference signal resource.
  • the period of the uplink reference signal resource is 20 milliseconds (ms) (40 time slots at a 30 kilohertz (kHz) subcarrier interval)
  • 48 uplink reference signal resources are configured in this period, and within the period
  • the time slot offsets are all 7, that is, the 48 uplink reference signal resources are on time slots 7, 47, and 87, respectively.
  • Each uplink reference signal resource occupies symbols 12 and 13 in the time slot, and one uplink reference signal resource in the 48 uplink reference signal resources corresponds to one of 4 comb teeth multiplied by 12 cyclic shifts.
  • the first configuration information includes configuration information of at least one uplink reference signal resource.
  • the first configuration information includes configuration information of at least one uplink reference signal resource set, and each uplink reference signal resource set in the at least one uplink reference signal resource set includes at least one uplink reference signal resource.
  • the first configuration information includes configuration information of two uplink reference signal resource sets, and each uplink reference signal resource set in the two uplink reference signal resource sets includes three uplink reference signal resources.
  • the uplink reference signal is a reference signal that can be used for positioning.
  • the uplink reference signal may be a sounding reference signal (sounding reference signal, SRS). It can be understood that the uplink reference signal may also be other reference signals other than the SRS, which is not limited in this application.
  • the access network device sending the first configuration information to the terminal device includes: the access network device sending the first message or the first release message or the first system information to the terminal device, the first message or the first release message or the The first system information includes first configuration information.
  • the first message may be, for example, a first RRC reconfiguration (Reconfiguration) message.
  • the first RRC Reconfiguration message may include indication information for instructing the terminal device to retain the first configuration information after entering the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state.
  • the first release message may be the first RRC release message.
  • the first RRC release message may include indication information for instructing the terminal device to retain the first configuration information after entering the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state.
  • the first system information may be, for example, a system information block (system information block type1, SIB1) or other system information other than SIB1.
  • SIB1 system information block type1, SIB1
  • other system information other than SIB1 is other system information (other system information, OSI).
  • OSI can refer to 3GPP TS 38.331, which will not be repeated here.
  • the fact that the access network device sends the first message to the terminal device can be understood as that the access network device sends the first message to the terminal device in the RRC connection state.
  • the access network device when the access network device sends the first release message to the terminal device, it can be understood that the access network device sends the first release message to the terminal device in the RRC connection state; the access network device sends the first system information to the terminal device, It can be understood that the access network device sends the first system information to the terminal device in the RRC connected state or the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state.
  • the first system information may include information for instructing the terminal device to retain the first configuration information after entering the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state.
  • the indication information is not limited here.
  • the first configuration information is carried in the first message or the first release message or the first system information sent by the access network device.
  • the terminal device indicates to the access network device that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource.
  • the first resource is an uplink reference signal resource in the at least one uplink reference signal resource.
  • the first resource may be any one of the at least one uplink reference signal resource.
  • the terminal device may randomly select the first resource from the at least one uplink reference signal resource, or may select the first resource according to its preset rule, which is not limited in this application.
  • the parameters of the first resource may include one or more of the following parameters: time domain parameters (including the period of the periodic resource and the time slot level offset within the period, the time slot level of the aperiodic resource relative to the time slot where the activation signaling is located) offset, OFDM symbol index in time slot, etc.), frequency domain parameters (including bandwidth, starting resource block RB, frequency hopping configuration, frequency domain comb tooth configuration), code domain parameters (scrambling sequence index, sequence cyclic shift) ), power control parameters and spatial relationship parameters.
  • time domain parameters including the period of the periodic resource and the time slot level offset within the period, the time slot level of the aperiodic resource relative to the time slot where the activation signaling is located
  • OFDM symbol index in time slot etc.
  • frequency domain parameters including bandwidth, starting resource block RB, frequency hopping configuration, frequency domain comb tooth configuration
  • code domain parameters scrmbling sequence index, sequence cyclic shift
  • the terminal device can randomly select one of the multiple uplink reference signal resources as the first resource, and indicate its desire (or request) to the access network device.
  • the uplink reference signal is/will be sent using the first resource.
  • the terminal device may be a terminal device in an RRC connected state, an RRC idle state, or an RRC inactive state.
  • the terminal equipment is a terminal equipment in an RRC idle state or an RRC inactive state.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device in the RRC connected state receives the first release message from the access network device, the terminal device can enter from the RRC connected state. RRC idle state or RRC inactive state.
  • the terminal equipment is a terminal equipment in an RRC idle state or an RRC inactive state. It can be understood that, if in step 401, the terminal device is a terminal device in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, the terminal device in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state can receive the first system information from the access network device. .
  • the terminal device may also send an uplink reference signal on the first resource.
  • the terminal equipment in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state can be based on the configuration information of at least one uplink reference signal resource. , determine the uplink reference signal resources used by the terminal equipment in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, and indicate to the access network equipment the uplink reference signal resources used by the terminal equipment in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, thereby It can be applied to configure resources for terminal equipment in RRC idle state or RRC inactive state. At the same time, the problem of high energy consumption caused when the terminal device needs to enter the RRC connection state to obtain resources is avoided, and the terminal device can independently select resources.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receives second configuration information sent by the access network device, the second configuration information includes configuration information of at least one second resource, and the third resource is one of the at least one second resource.
  • Second resource the first resource is associated with the third resource, and the terminal device indicates to the access network device that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, including: the terminal device sends an uplink physical channel through the third resource, and the third resource indicates the terminal device.
  • the resource used is the first resource.
  • the second configuration information includes at least one of the following: a configuration period of a random access channel (random access channel, RACH), configuration information in a physical random access channel (physical random access channel, PRACH) format, at least one random access channel.
  • RACH random access channel
  • PRACH physical random access channel
  • the PUCCH format may be PUCCH format 0 or PUCCH format 1, which is not limited herein.
  • both the second resource and the third resource may be PRACH resources, or both the second resource and the third resource may be PUCCH resources.
  • the PRACH resource includes at least one of the following: a random access opportunity and a preamble.
  • the preamble can be one or more preambles, which is not limited here.
  • each uplink reference signal resource in the at least one uplink reference signal resource may be associated with one or more second resources in the at least one second resource.
  • Each uplink reference signal resource may be associated with one or more random access opportunities, or, each uplink reference signal resource in at least one uplink reference signal resource may be associated with one or more preambles, or, at least one uplink
  • Each uplink reference signal resource in the reference signal resources may be associated with one or more combinations consisting of a random access opportunity and a preamble, which is not limited herein.
  • At least one random access opportunity included in each second resource in the at least one second resource may or may not be associated with a synchronization signal block (synchronization signals block, SSB), which is not limited herein.
  • SSB synchronization signals block
  • the association relationship between the above-mentioned uplink reference signal resources and PRACH resources may be predefined, may also be determined based on preset rules, or may be configured by access network equipment, which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device may determine the third resource according to the association relationship between the uplink reference signal resource and the second resource and determining the first resource to be indicated.
  • the first resource may be associated with at least one random access opportunity included in the third resource, or the first resource may be associated with a preamble included in the third resource, or the first resource may be associated with a preamble included in the third resource.
  • the resource may be associated with at least one random access opportunity and a preamble included in the third resource, which is not limited herein.
  • the at least one random access opportunity included in the third resource may also be associated or not associated with a synchronization signal block (synchronization signals block, SSB), which is not limited herein.
  • SSB synchronization signals block
  • the terminal device may randomly determine the random access opportunity from at least one random access opportunity included in the third resource, or determine the random access opportunity according to a preset rule, or determine the random access opportunity according to the configuration of the access network device Opportunities are not limited here.
  • the terminal device receives the second configuration information sent by the access network device, including: the terminal device receives the second message or the second release message or the second system information sent by the access network device, the second message or the second release message.
  • the message or second system information includes second configuration information.
  • the second message may be, for example, a second RRC reconfiguration (Reconfiguration) message.
  • the second RRC Reconfiguration message may include indication information for instructing the terminal device to retain the second configuration information after entering the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state.
  • the second release message may be a second RRC release message.
  • the second RRC release message may include indication information for instructing the terminal device to retain the second configuration information after entering the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state.
  • the second system information may be, for example, SIB1 or other system information other than SIB1.
  • the sending of the second message by the access network device to the terminal device may be understood as that the access network device sends the second message to the terminal device in the RRC connection state.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device receives the second release message sent by the access network device, it can be understood that the terminal device in the RRC connection state receives the second release message sent by the access network device; the terminal device receives the second release message sent by the access network device. information, it can be understood that the terminal device in the RRC connected state or the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state receives the second system information sent by the access network device.
  • the second system information may include the second system information used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state to retain the second configuration information.
  • the indication information is not limited here.
  • the second configuration information is carried in the second message or the second release message or the second system information sent by the access network device.
  • first message and the second message may be the same message or different messages, which are not limited herein.
  • the first release message and the second release message may be the same message or different messages, which are not limited herein.
  • the first system information and the second system information may be the same system information or different system information, which is not limited herein.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device sends the uplink physical channel through the third resource, it can be understood that the terminal device in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state sends the uplink physical channel through the third resource.
  • the uplink physical channel may be PRACH or PUCCH.
  • the access network device can make the access network equipment according to the received resource of the uplink physical channel, and the resource of the uplink physical channel and the uplink reference The relationship between the signal resources, it is known that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, thereby avoiding the subsequent blind detection of the uplink reference signal resource that consumes resources, thereby saving resources.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receives third configuration information sent by the access network device, where the third configuration information includes configuration information of at least one fourth resource, and one of the first resource and the at least one fourth resource is a fourth resource. Resource association, or, the third resource is associated with one fourth resource in the at least one fourth resource; the terminal device sends the identification of the terminal device to the access network device through the fourth resource associated with the first resource; or, the terminal device passes The fourth resource associated with the third resource sends the identification of the terminal device to the access network device.
  • the fourth resource may be a physical uplink shared channel (physical uplink shared channel, PUSCH) resource.
  • the fourth resource may be a Configured-grant PUSCH (Configured-grant PUSCH) resource or a preconfigured uplink resource (preconfigured uplink resource, PUR).
  • the terminal device sends the identification of the terminal device to the access network device through the fourth resource associated with the first resource. It can be understood that the terminal device uses the fourth resource associated with the first resource to send the identification of the terminal device to the access network device A message that identifies the terminal device.
  • the terminal device sends the identification of the terminal device to the access network device through the fourth resource associated with the third resource, which can be understood as: the terminal device uses the fourth resource associated with the third resource to send the access network device carrying the terminal device The identified message.
  • the third configuration information includes one or more of the following: frequency hopping, demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS) configuration, modulation and coding strategy (modulation and coding scheme, MCS) table configuration, whether the uplink can be carried Control information (uplink control information, UCI), frequency domain resource allocation type, resource block group (RBG) size, open-loop power control state selection, power control p0 parameter, DFT-s-OFDM function enable, mixed Automatic repeat request (hybrid automatic repeat quest, HARQ) process number, number of repetitions and rv, period, timer, slot offset, symbol index in slot, frequency domain resource, antenna port, DMRS scrambling under repetition Sequence index, precoding and stream number indication, SRS resource indication, MCS and transport block size (transport block size, TBS) indication, frequency hopping offset and path loss reference signal.
  • DMRS demodulation reference signal
  • MCS modulation and coding strategy
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • the IE of the third configuration information (for configuring configured-granted PUSCH resources, for example, refer to the standard 3GPP TS 38.331) may be:
  • the third resource is a PRACH resource
  • at least one random access opportunity included in the third resource may be associated with a fourth resource in the at least one fourth resource, or the preamble included in the third resource may be associated with at least one of the fourth resources.
  • One of the fourth resources is associated with one fourth resource, or the at least one random access opportunity and the preamble included in the third resource are respectively associated with one of the at least one fourth resource.
  • the association relationship between the third resource and the fourth resource may be predefined, may also be determined based on a preset rule, or may be configured by an access network device, which is not limited in this application.
  • the identifier of the terminal device may include one of the following: a user permanent identifier (subscription permanent identifier, SUPI), a permanent equipment identifier (permanent equipment identifier, PEI), a general public user identifier (generic public subscription identifier, GPSI), location service Correlation ID (LCS Correlation ID), subscription ID (subscription ID) and routing ID (routing ID).
  • the terminal device receives the third configuration information sent by the access network device, including: the terminal device receives the third message or the third release message or the third system information sent by the access network device, the third message or the third release message.
  • the message or third system information includes third configuration information.
  • the third message may be, for example, a third RRC reconfiguration (Reconfiguration) message.
  • the third RRC Reconfiguration message may include indication information for instructing the terminal device to retain the third configuration information after entering the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state.
  • the third release message may be a third RRC release message.
  • the third RRC release message may include indication information for instructing the terminal device to retain the third configuration information after entering the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state.
  • the third system information may be, for example, SIB1 or other system information other than SIB1.
  • the sending of the third message by the access network device to the terminal device may be understood as that the access network device sends the third message to the terminal device in the RRC connection state.
  • the terminal device receives the third release message sent by the access network device, which can be understood as the terminal device in the RRC connection state receives the third release message sent by the access network device; the terminal device receives the third system sent by the access network device. information, it can be understood that the terminal device in the RRC connected state or the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state receives the third system information sent by the access network device.
  • the third system information may include the third system information used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state to retain the third configuration information.
  • the indication information is not limited here.
  • the third configuration information is carried in the third message or the third release message or the third system information sent by the access network device.
  • first message, the second message and the third message may be the same message or different messages; or, the third message and the first message may be the same message; or, the third message and the third message may be the same message.
  • the two messages can be the same message, which is not limited here.
  • the first release message, the second release message and the third release message may be the same message, or different messages; or, the third release message and the first release message may be the same message; or, the third release message and the second release message It can be the same message, which is not limited here.
  • the first system information, the second system information and the third system information may be the same system information, or different system information; or, the third system information and the first system information may be the same system information; or, the third system information and The second system information may be the same system information, which is not limited here.
  • the first configuration information is carried in the third message or the third release message or the third system information sent by the access network device.
  • the identifier of the terminal device is sent to the access network device through the fourth resource associated with the first resource; or, the identifier of the terminal device is sent to the access network device through the fourth resource associated with the third resource
  • the identifier of the terminal device enables the access network device to know the identifier of the terminal device using the first resource.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receives fourth configuration information sent by the access network device, the fourth configuration information includes configuration information of at least one fifth resource, and the sixth resource is one of the at least one fifth resource.
  • the terminal device indicates to the access network device that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, including: through the sixth resource, the terminal device sends first indication information to the access network device, and the first indication information is used to indicate the terminal The resource used by the device is the first resource.
  • the fourth configuration information and the third configuration information may have the same parameters, but the specific parameter values may be different or the same, which will not be repeated here.
  • both the fifth resource and the sixth resource may be PUSCH resources.
  • the terminal device receives the fourth configuration information sent by the access network device, including: the terminal device receives the fourth message or the fourth release message or the fourth system information sent by the access network device, the fourth message or the fourth release
  • the message or fourth system information includes fourth configuration information.
  • the fourth message may be, for example, a fourth RRC reconfiguration (Reconfiguration) message.
  • the fourth RRC Reconfiguration message may include indication information for instructing the terminal device to retain the fourth configuration information after entering the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state.
  • the fourth release message may be a fourth RRC release message.
  • the fourth RRC release message may include indication information for instructing the terminal device to retain the fourth configuration information after entering the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state.
  • the fourth system information may be, for example, SIB1 or other system information other than SIB1.
  • the sending of the fourth message by the access network device to the terminal device may be understood as that the access network device sends the fourth message to the terminal device in the RRC connection state.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device receives the fourth release message sent by the access network device, it can be understood that the terminal device in the RRC connection state receives the fourth release message sent by the access network device; the terminal device receives the fourth release message sent by the access network device. information, it can be understood that the terminal device in the RRC connected state or the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state receives the fourth system information sent by the access network device.
  • the fourth system information may include the fourth system information used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state to retain the fourth configuration information.
  • the indication information is not limited here.
  • the fourth configuration information is carried in the fourth message or the fourth release message or the fourth system information sent by the access network device.
  • first message, the second message, the third message and the fourth message may be the same message or different messages; or, the fourth message and the first message may be the same message; The fourth message and the second message may be the same message; or, the fourth message and the third message may be the same message, which is not limited herein.
  • the first release message, the second release message, the third release message and the fourth release message may be the same message, or different messages; or, the fourth release message and the first release message may be the same message; or, the fourth release message and the second release message may be the same message; or, the fourth release message and the third release message may be the same message, which is not limited herein.
  • the first system information, the second system information, the third system information and the fourth system information may be the same system information, or different system information; or, the fourth system information and the first system information may be the same system information; or, The fourth system information and the second system information may be the same system information; or, the fourth system information and the third system information may be the same system information, which is not limited herein.
  • the terminal device sends the first indication information to the access network device, which can be understood as: through the sixth resource, the terminal device in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state sends the first indication information to the access network device. an instruction message.
  • the first indication information may be index or identification information of the first resource.
  • the first indication information is included in a media access control (media access control, MAC) control element (control element, CE) signaling or a recovery request message.
  • media access control media access control, MAC
  • control element control element, CE
  • the resume request message may be an RRC resume request (resume request) message, which is not limited herein.
  • the terminal device in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state sends the first indication information to the access network device, including: through the sixth resource, the terminal device in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state
  • the device sends MAC CE signaling or a recovery request message to the access network device, where the MAC CE signaling or recovery request message includes the first indication information.
  • the sixth resource is used to send the first indication information to the access network device, so that the access network device knows that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, thereby avoiding subsequent resource consumption for uplink reference.
  • Signal resources are blindly detected, thereby saving resources.
  • the method further includes: by using the sixth resource, the terminal device sends the identification of the terminal device to the access network device.
  • the terminal device sends the identification of the terminal device to the access network device, which can be understood as: through the sixth resource, the terminal device in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state sends the access network device the identification of the terminal device. logo.
  • the identification of the terminal equipment may be included in the media access control (media access control, MAC) control element (control element, CE) information. command or restore request message.
  • media access control media access control, MAC
  • control element control element, CE
  • the terminal device in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state sends the identification of the terminal device to the access network device, including: through the sixth resource, the terminal in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state
  • the device sends the MAC CE signaling or recovery request message to the access network device, and the MAC CE signaling or recovery request message includes the identifier of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may send the identification of the terminal device and the first indication information to the access network device through the sixth resource twice, or the terminal device may send the access network device through the sixth resource at one time.
  • the network device sends the identifier of the terminal device and the first indication information, which is not limited here. That is, in a possible implementation manner, the terminal device sends a media access control (media access control, MAC) control element (control element, CE) signaling or a recovery request message to the access network device through the sixth resource.
  • the media access control (media access control, MAC) control element (control element, CE) signaling may include the identification of the terminal equipment and the first indication information
  • the recovery request message may include the identification of the terminal equipment and the first indication information .
  • the terminal device indicates to the access network device that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, including: the terminal device sends first indication information to the access network device through the seventh resource, where the first indication information is used to indicate The resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, and the seventh resource is used to carry the random access message-3msg-3 or the random access message-Amsg-A.
  • the seventh resource may be a PUSCH resource.
  • the seventh resource is used to carry msg-3 or msg-A, that is, it can be understood that the seventh resource is msg-3 PUSCH resource or msg-A PUSCH resource.
  • msg-3 may be message 3 in the four-step random access, and generally, message 2 may provide initial transmission scheduling information or downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI) may provide retransmission scheduling information. It can be understood that the message 2 may be a MAC random access response (random access response, RAR) message, which is not limited here.
  • RAR random access response
  • msg-A may be message A in two-step random access, which is not limited here.
  • the terminal device sends the first indication information to the access network device, which can be understood as: through the seventh resource, the terminal device in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state sends the first indication information to the access network device. an instruction message.
  • the terminal device sends the first indication information to the access network device through the seventh resource, including: the terminal device in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state sends the MAC CE information to the access network device through the seventh resource.
  • command or recovery request message the MAC CE signaling or recovery request message includes the first indication information.
  • the seventh resource is used to send the first indication information to the access network device, so that the access network device knows that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, thereby avoiding subsequent resource consumption for uplink reference. Signal resources are blindly detected, thereby saving resources.
  • the terminal device implements sending the first indication information to the access network device based on the resources used for carrying msg-3 or msg-A, avoiding the process of waiting for the access network device to issue configuration information.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device sends the identification of the terminal device to the access network device through the seventh resource.
  • the terminal device sends the identification of the terminal device to the access network device, which can be understood as: through the seventh resource, the terminal device in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state sends the access network device the identification of the terminal device. logo.
  • the identification of the terminal equipment may be included in the media access control (media access control, MAC) control element (control element, CE) information. command or restore request message.
  • media access control media access control, MAC
  • control element control element, CE
  • the terminal device may send the identification of the terminal device and the first indication information to the access network device through the seventh resource twice, or the terminal device may send the access network device through the seventh resource at one time.
  • the network device sends the identifier of the terminal device and the first indication information, which is not limited here. That is, in a possible implementation manner, the terminal device sends a media access control (media access control, MAC) control element (control element, CE) signaling or a recovery request message to the access network device through the seventh resource.
  • the media access control (media access control, MAC) control element (control element, CE) signaling may include the identification of the terminal equipment and the first indication information
  • the recovery request message may include the identification of the terminal equipment and the first indication information .
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receives first information sent by the access network device; wherein the first information includes at least one of the following: timing advance, transmission power control command and second indication information, the second indication information It is used to indicate whether the terminal device is allowed to use the first resource.
  • the transmit power control command is a power control command sent by the access network device through physical layer signaling (eg, downlink control information (DCI)), and the command is used to indicate the transmit power increment (increase or decrease ).
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receives fifth configuration information sent by the access network device, where the fifth configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to receive the first information. information.
  • the terminal device receives the fifth configuration information sent by the access network device, including: the terminal device receives the fifth message or the fifth release message or the fifth system information sent by the access network device, the fifth message or the fifth release
  • the message or fifth system information includes fifth configuration information.
  • the fifth message may be, for example, a fifth RRC reconfiguration (Reconfiguration) message.
  • the fifth RRC Reconfiguration message may include indication information for instructing the terminal device to retain the fifth configuration information after entering the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state.
  • the fifth release message may be a fifth RRC release message.
  • the fifth RRC release message may include indication information for instructing the terminal device to retain the fourth configuration information after entering the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state.
  • the fifth system information may be, for example, SIB1 or other system information other than SIB1.
  • the fact that the access network device sends the fifth message to the terminal device can be understood as that the access network device sends the fifth message to the terminal device in the RRC connection state.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device receives the fifth release message sent by the access network device, it can be understood that the terminal device in the RRC connection state receives the fifth release message sent by the access network device; the terminal device receives the fifth release message sent by the access network device; information, it can be understood that the terminal device in the RRC connected state or the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state receives the fifth system information sent by the access network device.
  • the fifth system information may include the fifth configuration information used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state and retain the fifth configuration information.
  • the indication information is not limited here.
  • the fifth configuration information is carried in the fifth message or the fifth release message or the fifth system information sent by the access network device.
  • first message, the second message, the third message, the fourth message and the fifth message may be the same message or different messages; or, the fifth message and the first message may be the same message or, the fifth message and the second message may be the same message; or, the fifth message and the third message may be the same message; or, the fifth message and the fourth message may be the same message, which is not limited herein.
  • the first release message, the second release message, the third release message, the fourth release message and the fifth release message may be the same message, or different messages; or, the fifth release message and the first release message may be the same message; or , the fifth release message and the second release message can be the same message; or, the fifth release message and the third release message can be the same message; or, the fifth release message and the fourth release message can be the same message, which is not make restrictions.
  • the first system information, the second system information, the third system information, the fourth system information and the fifth system information may be the same system information, or different system information; or, the fifth system information and the first system information may be the same system information; or, the fifth system information and the second system information may be the same system information; or, the fifth system information and the third system information may be the same system information; or, the fifth system information and the fourth system information may be The same system information is not limited here.
  • the method further includes: if the second indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device is allowed to use the first resource, the terminal device sends an uplink reference signal on the first resource; or, if the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is not allowed to use the first resource. If the terminal device is allowed to use the first resource, the terminal device reselects one uplink reference signal resource from the at least one uplink reference signal resource.
  • the terminal device reselects one uplink reference signal resource from the at least one uplink reference signal resource, and may select the first resource again, or select other resources except the first resource from the at least one uplink reference signal resource, here Not limited. It can be understood that the terminal device can send an uplink reference signal resource re-selected from at least one uplink reference signal resource to the access network device again. For the specific process, refer to the terminal device to indicate to the access network device that the terminal device uses. The process of the resource being the first resource will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device reselects one uplink reference signal resource from at least one uplink reference signal resource.
  • the preset time period may be set by the terminal device or specified by the protocol, which is not limited herein.
  • the access network device may also directly send the uplink reference signal on the first resource.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receives paging information sent by the access network device, where the paging information includes information used to instruct the terminal device to send an uplink reference signal.
  • the paging information may include one of the following: a paging message and a paging short message. It can be understood that the paging message can refer to 3GPP TS 38.331, and the paging short message can refer to 3GPP TS 38.212, which will not be repeated here.
  • the IE of the paging message may be, for example:
  • the paging information may include the identification of the terminal device.
  • the method further includes: sending the uplink reference signal by the terminal device according to the type of the terminal device.
  • the type of the terminal device may be, for example, a terminal device that supports sending uplink positioning reference signals in an RRC idle state or an RRC inactive state.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another method for configuring uplink reference signal resources provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device in FIG. 5 may be the terminal device 20 in FIG. 1
  • the access network device in FIG. 5 may be the access network device 10 in FIG. 1
  • the first device in FIG. 5 may be the access network device 10 in FIG. 1 . of the first device 30.
  • the method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Steps 501 to 502 are the same as steps 401 to 402 in FIG. 4 , and are not repeated here.
  • the access network device sends configuration information of the first resource to the first device.
  • sending the configuration information of the first resource by the access network device to the first device includes: sending the configuration information of the first resource by the access network device to the first device through the second device.
  • the fact that the access network device sends the configuration information of the first resource to the first device through the second device can be understood as: the access network device sends the configuration information of the first resource to the second device, and the second device sends the configuration information of the first resource to the first device. Configuration information of the first resource.
  • sending the configuration information of the first resource by the access network device to the first device includes: the access network device sending a sixth message to the first device, where the sixth message includes configuration information of the first resource.
  • the sixth message may be a first new radio positioning protocol (NR positioning protocol a, NRPPa) message of a non-associated terminal (NON-UE associated).
  • NR positioning protocol a NRPPa
  • NON-UE associated a non-associated terminal
  • the sixth message may further include first index information, where the first index information is associated with the configuration information of the first resource.
  • the access network device sending the sixth message to the first device includes: the access network device sending the sixth message to the first device through the second device.
  • the fact that the access network device sends the sixth message to the first device through the second device can be understood as: the access network device sends the sixth message to the second device, and the second device sends the sixth message to the first device.
  • the first device sends a positioning measurement request to the access network device and the access network device in a neighboring cell of the first cell, respectively.
  • the first cell is a cell of the access network device.
  • the first cell may be, for example, a serving cell of the terminal device or a cell where the terminal device resides, which is not limited herein.
  • the access network device in the neighboring cell of the first cell may be one or more access network devices, which is not limited herein.
  • the positioning measurement request may be an NRPPa measurement request (measurement request) message.
  • the information included in the positioning measurement request may refer to the standard 3GPP TS 38.455, which is not limited here. If the first device sends a positioning measurement request to an access network device in a neighboring cell of the first cell, the positioning measurement request may further include configuration information of the first resource.
  • the first device sends a positioning measurement request to the access network device and the access network device in the neighboring cell of the first cell, respectively, including: the first device sends the access network device and the first cell's device to the access network device and the first cell through the second device respectively.
  • the access network equipment in the neighboring cell sends a positioning measurement request.
  • the first device sends a positioning measurement request to the access network device and the access network device in the neighboring cell of the first cell through the second device, which can be understood as: the first device sends a positioning measurement request to the second device, and the second device The positioning measurement request is sent to the access network device and the access network device of the neighboring cell of the first cell respectively.
  • the first device can determine the approximate location of the terminal device that sends the uplink reference signal through the geographic location of the access network device in step 504, so as to determine the approximate location of the terminal device that sends the uplink reference signal according to the approximate location and
  • the geographic location of the access network device in the adjacent cell of the first cell determines the search window of the access network device in the adjacent cell of the first cell.
  • the search window of the access network equipment in the adjacent cell of the first cell is determined according to the first time and the second time, and the first time is the earliest time when the access network equipment in the adjacent cell of the first cell receives the uplink reference signal.
  • the time is determined by the transmission time of the uplink reference signal and the closest distance between the terminal and the access network equipment in the adjacent cell of the first cell, and the second time is the latest time when the access network equipment in the adjacent cell of the first cell receives the uplink reference signal.
  • the time is determined by the time when the uplink reference signal is sent and the farthest distance between the terminal and the access network device in the neighboring cell of the first cell.
  • the positioning measurement request may further include a search window. It should be understood that there may be uncertainty in the terminal position, and the uncertainty range may be determined by the communication radius of the access network device, or may be obtained by other positioning technologies, such as the global navigation satellite system (GNSS), the Internet Instant positioning results, etc.
  • GNSS global navigation satellite system
  • the first device may determine that the uplink reference signal resources collide. If the access network devices are far apart, the first device may send a positioning measurement request to the access network devices and the access network devices in their neighboring cells respectively.
  • the first device may send a positioning measurement request to any one of the two adjacent access network devices.
  • the access network device measures the uplink reference signal to obtain a first measurement result.
  • the terminal device sends the uplink reference signal on the first resource.
  • sending the uplink reference signal on the first resource by the terminal device may be performed after the terminal device receives the first information sent by the access network device, which is not limited herein.
  • the first measurement result may be, for example, SRS reference signal receiving power (reference signal receiving power, RSRP), uplink relative time of arrival (uplink relative time of arrival, UL RTOA), uplink arrival angle (uplink arrival of arrival, UL-AoA) ) or UE Rx–Tx time difference.
  • RSRP reference signal receiving power
  • uplink relative time of arrival uplink relative time of arrival
  • UL RTOA uplink relative time of arrival
  • uplink arrival angle uplink arrival of arrival, UL-AoA
  • UE Rx-Tx time difference refers to the time difference between terminal equipment receiving and sending.
  • the access network device in the adjacent cell of the first cell measures the uplink reference signal to obtain a second measurement result.
  • the second measurement result may be, for example, SRS reference signal receiving power (reference signal receiving power, RSRP), uplink relative time of arrival (uplink relative time of arrival, UL RTOA), uplink arrival angle (uplink arrival of arrival, UL-AoA) ) or UE Rx–Tx time difference.
  • RSRP reference signal receiving power
  • uplink relative time of arrival uplink relative time of arrival
  • UL RTOA uplink relative time of arrival
  • uplink arrival angle uplink arrival of arrival, UL-AoA
  • Step 505 may be executed first, and then step 506 may be executed; or step 506 may be executed first, and then step 505 may be executed; Step 505 and step 506 are executed, which is not limited here.
  • the first device receives the first measurement result from the access network device and the second measurement result from the access network device in a neighboring cell of the first cell.
  • the first device sends a request message to the access network device.
  • the request message includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to instruct the requesting access network device to acquire the identifier of the terminal device using the first resource.
  • sending the request message by the first device to the access network device includes: the first device sending the request message to the access network device through the second device.
  • the sending of the request message by the first device to the access network device through the second device may be understood as: the first device sends the request message to the second device, and the second device sends the request message to the access network device.
  • step 508 may or may not be executed, which is not limited herein.
  • the access network device receives the identifier of the terminal device sent from the terminal device using the first resource.
  • the access network device may receive the identifier of the terminal device sent from the terminal device using the first resource through the fourth resource associated with the first resource; or, through the fourth resource associated with the third resource, receive information from the user using the first resource.
  • a terminal device using a resource sends the identifier of the terminal device, or, through the sixth resource, receives the identifier from the terminal device using the first resource and sends the identifier of the terminal device, or, through the seventh resource, receives the identifier sent from the terminal device using the first resource.
  • the identifier of the terminal device which is not limited here.
  • the access network device sends a response message to the first device.
  • the response message includes the identifier of the terminal device using the first resource.
  • the access network device sending the response message to the first device includes: the access network device sending the response message to the first device through the second device.
  • the fact that the access network device sends a response message to the first device through the second device can be understood as: the access network device sends a response message to the second device, and the second device sends a response message to the first device.
  • the response message may be a second NRPPa message of a non-associated terminal (NON-UE associated).
  • the response message may further include second index information, where the second index information is associated with the terminal device identifier.
  • the first device determines the location of the terminal device according to the identifier of the terminal device using the first resource, the first measurement result, and the second measurement result.
  • the UL TDOA positioning method can be used to determine the location of the terminal device; when the first measurement result and the second measurement result are UL AoA, UL AoA can be used.
  • the positioning method determines the position of the terminal equipment; when the first measurement result and the second measurement result are UE Rx-Tx time difference, the Multi-RTT positioning method can be used to determine the position of the terminal equipment.
  • the first device determines the configuration information of the first resource and the terminal device using the first resource according to the first index information and the second index information. identity association.
  • the first device determines the association between the configuration information of the first resource and the identifier of the terminal device according to the first index information and the second index information, including: if the first index information and the second index information are the same or match or satisfy a preset Corresponding relationship, the first device determines that the configuration information of the first resource is associated with the identifier of the terminal device that uses the first resource.
  • the terminal equipment in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state can be based on the configuration information of at least one uplink reference signal resource. , determine the uplink reference signal resources used by the terminal equipment in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, and indicate to the access network equipment the uplink reference signal resources used by the terminal equipment in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, thereby A scheme suitable for configuring resources for terminal equipment in RRC idle state or RRC inactive state is proposed. At the same time, the problem of high energy consumption caused when the terminal device needs to enter the RRC connection state to obtain resources is avoided, and the terminal device can independently select resources. In addition, the positioning of the terminal equipment in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state is also realized.
  • each network element in the above-mentioned implementation includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for executing each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • the terminal device or the access network device may be divided into functional modules according to the foregoing method examples.
  • each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware, and can also be implemented in the form of software function modules. It should be noted that, the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division manners in actual implementation.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus 600 can be applied to the methods shown in FIGS. 4 to 5 above.
  • the communication apparatus 600 includes a processing module 601 and a transceiver module 602 .
  • the processing module 601 may be one or more processors, and the transceiver module 602 may be a transceiver or a communication interface.
  • the communication apparatus may be used to implement the terminal equipment or access network equipment involved in any of the above method embodiments, or to implement the functions involved in the network element in any of the above method embodiments.
  • the network element or network function can be either a network element in a hardware device, a software function running on dedicated hardware, or a virtualized function instantiated on a platform (eg, a cloud platform).
  • the communication apparatus 600 may further include a storage module 603 for storing program codes and data of the communication apparatus 600 .
  • the transceiver module 602 may include a receiving module and a sending module.
  • the receiving module and the sending module are used to support communication with the access network equipment, etc.
  • the sending module specifically performs the sending action performed by the terminal device in FIG. 4 to FIG.
  • the modules specifically perform the received actions performed by the terminal device in Figures 4-5, eg, enabling the terminal device to perform one or more of steps 402 and 502, and or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • the receiving module is configured to receive first configuration information sent by the access network device, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of at least one uplink reference signal resource; the sending module is configured to indicate to the access network device what the terminal device is all about.
  • the used resource is a first resource, and the first resource is an uplink reference signal resource in the at least one uplink reference signal resource.
  • the communication device when used as an access network device or a chip applied in the access network device, and performs the steps performed by the access network device in the above method embodiments.
  • the transceiver module 602 is used to support communication with terminal equipment, etc., and specifically performs the sending and/or receiving actions performed by the access network equipment in FIG. 4 to FIG. one or more of the steps, and or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • the processing module 601 can be used to support the communication apparatus 600 to perform the processing actions in the above method embodiments, for example, to support the access network device to perform one or more of steps 505 and 506, and or for the techniques described herein. other processes.
  • the transceiver module 602 is configured to send first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of at least one uplink reference signal resource; the processing module 601 is configured to determine, according to an instruction from the terminal device, the configuration information of the terminal device.
  • the used resource is a first resource, and the first resource is an uplink reference signal resource in the at least one uplink reference signal resource.
  • the communication device when used as the first device or a chip applied in the first device, and performs the steps performed by the first device in the above method embodiments.
  • the transceiver module 602 is used to support communication with the terminal device, etc., and specifically performs the sending and/or receiving actions performed by the first device in FIG. 4 to FIG. one or more steps, and or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • the processing module 601 may be used to support the communication apparatus 600 to perform the processing actions in the above method embodiments, eg, to support the first device to perform step 511, and or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • the transceiver module 502 may be an interface, a pin, a circuit, or the like.
  • the interface can be used to input data to be processed to the processor, and can output the processing result of the processor to the outside.
  • the interface can be a general purpose input output (GPIO) interface, which can communicate with multiple peripheral devices (such as a display (LCD), a camera (camara), a radio frequency (RF) module, an antenna, etc. )connect.
  • GPIO general purpose input output
  • peripheral devices such as a display (LCD), a camera (camara), a radio frequency (RF) module, an antenna, etc.
  • the interface is connected to the processor through a bus.
  • the processing module 501 may be a processor, and the processor may execute computer-executed instructions stored in the storage module, so that the chip executes the methods involved in the embodiments of FIGS. 4 to 5 .
  • the processor may include a controller, an arithmetic unit and a register.
  • the controller is mainly responsible for instruction decoding, and sends control signals for operations corresponding to the instructions.
  • the arithmetic unit is mainly responsible for performing fixed-point or floating-point arithmetic operations, shift operations, and logical operations, and can also perform address operations and conversions.
  • Registers are mainly responsible for saving register operands and intermediate operation results temporarily stored during instruction execution.
  • the hardware architecture of the processor may be an application specific integrated circuits (ASIC) architecture, a microprocessor without interlocked piped stages architecture (MIPS) architecture, advanced reduced instructions Set machine (advanced RISC machines, ARM) architecture or network processor (network processor, NP) architecture and so on.
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuits
  • MIPS microprocessor without interlocked piped stages architecture
  • ARM advanced reduced instructions Set machine
  • NP network processor
  • the storage module may be a storage module in the chip, such as a register, a cache, and the like.
  • the storage module can also be a storage module located outside the chip, such as read only memory (Read Only Memory, ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), etc. .
  • processors and the interface can be implemented by hardware design, software design, or a combination of software and hardware, which is not limited here.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a simplified terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device takes a mobile phone as an example.
  • the terminal device includes at least one processor, and may also include a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor may be used to process communication protocols and communication data, and may also be used to control terminal equipment, execute software programs, and process data of software programs.
  • the terminal device may also include a memory, which is mainly used for storing software programs and data. These related programs can be loaded into the memory when the communication device leaves the factory, or can be loaded into the memory when needed later.
  • the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of the baseband signal and the radio frequency signal and the processing of the radio frequency signal.
  • the antenna is mainly used for sending and receiving radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves, and the antenna is the antenna provided by this embodiment of the application.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of terminal equipment may not have input and output devices.
  • the processor When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • FIG. 7 only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 7 . In an actual end device product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device or the like.
  • the memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • an antenna and a radio frequency circuit with a transceiving function may be regarded as a receiving unit and a transmitting unit (also collectively referred to as a transceiving unit) of a terminal device, and a processor with a processing function may be regarded as a processing unit of the terminal device .
  • the terminal device includes a receiving module 31 , a processing module 32 and a sending module 33 .
  • the receiving module 31 may also be called a receiver, a receiver, a receiving circuit, and the like
  • the sending module 33 may also be called a transmitter, a transmitter, a transmitter, a transmitting circuit, and the like.
  • the processing module 32 may also be referred to as a processor, a processing board, a processing device, or the like.
  • the processing module 32 is configured to perform the functions of the terminal device in any of the embodiments shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 5 .
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a simplified access network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the access network equipment includes a radio frequency signal transceiving and converting part and a 42 part, and the radio frequency signal transceiving and converting part further includes a receiving module 41 part and a sending module 43 part (also collectively referred to as a transceiver module).
  • the radio frequency signal transceiver and conversion part is mainly used for the transmission and reception of radio frequency signals and the conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals; the 42 part is mainly used for baseband processing and control of access network equipment.
  • the receiving module 41 may also be called a receiver, a receiver, a receiving circuit, and the like
  • the sending module 43 may also be called a transmitter, a transmitter, a transmitter, a transmitting circuit, and the like.
  • Part 42 is usually the control center of the access network device, which can usually be called a processing module, and is used to control the access network device to perform the steps performed by the terminal device or the access network device in the above-mentioned Figures 4-5.
  • a processing module is usually the control center of the access network device, which can usually be called a processing module, and is used to control the access network device to perform the steps performed by the terminal device or the access network device in the above-mentioned Figures 4-5.
  • the 42 part may include one or more single boards, and each single board may include one or more processors and one or more memories, and the processors are used to read and execute programs in the memories to implement baseband processing functions and access control of network equipment. If there are multiple boards, each board can be interconnected to increase processing capacity. As an optional implementation manner, one or more processors may be shared by multiple boards, or one or more memories may be shared by multiple boards, or one or more processors may be shared by multiple boards at the same time. device.
  • the sending module 43 is configured to perform the functions of the access network device in any of the embodiments shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 5 .
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, including a processor, a memory, an input interface, and an output interface.
  • the input interface is used to receive information from other communication devices other than the first device, and the output interface is used to send information to the first device.
  • Other communication devices other than the ones output information, and the processor invokes the computer program stored in the memory to implement any of the embodiments shown in FIGS. 4-5 .
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is executed, any of the embodiments shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 5 are implemented.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, when the computer reads and executes the computer program product, the computer executes any of the embodiments shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 5 .
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated units may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of software functional units.
  • the integrated units are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solutions of the present application are essentially or part of contributions to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions can be embodied in the form of software products, and the computer software products are stored in a storage medium , including several instructions to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a cloud server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the above methods in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • a computer device which may be a personal computer, a cloud server, or a network device, etc.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, Read-Only Memory (ROM, Read-Only Memory), Random Access Memory (RAM, Random Access Memory), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .
  • U disk mobile hard disk
  • Read-Only Memory ROM, Read-Only Memory
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application provides a method for configuring an uplink reference signal resource and a related apparatus. The method comprises: receiving first configuration information sent by an access network device, the first configuration information comprising configuration information of at least one uplink reference signal resource; and indicating to the access network device that a resource used by a terminal device is a first resource, the first resource being any one of the at least one uplink reference signal resource. Embodiments of the present application can be applicable to configuring resources for the terminal device in an RRC idle state or an RRC inactive state.

Description

一种上行参考信号资源的配置方法及相关装置A method for configuring uplink reference signal resources and a related device 技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,尤其涉及一种上行参考信号资源的配置方法及相关装置。The present application relates to the field of communications, and in particular, to a method and related apparatus for configuring uplink reference signal resources.
背景技术Background technique
目前,定位技术包括上行到达时间差(uplink time difference of arrival,UL-TDOA)定位技术、上行到达角(uplink arrival of arrival,UL-AoA)定位技术、多站往返时间(multi-cell round trip time,Multi-RTT)定位技术等。无论哪种定位技术,均涉及到接入网设备为处于连接态的终端设备配置资源,以使得处于连接态的终端设备可以基于接入网设备为其配置的资源发送参考信号。换句话来说,在现有方案中,只适用于为处于连接态的终端设备配置资源,而无法适用于为处于空闲态或非激活态的终端设备配置资源。At present, positioning technologies include uplink time difference of arrival (UL-TDOA) positioning technology, uplink arrival angle (UL-AoA) positioning technology, multi-cell round trip time (multi-cell round trip time, Multi-RTT) positioning technology and so on. Regardless of the positioning technology, the access network device configures resources for the terminal device in the connected state, so that the terminal device in the connected state can send reference signals based on the resources configured by the access network device. In other words, in the existing solution, it is only applicable to configure resources for terminal devices in a connected state, but cannot be applied to configure resources for terminal devices in an idle state or an inactive state.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请实施例提供了一种上行参考信号资源的配置方法及相关装置,可以适用于为处于空闲态或非激活态的终端设备配置资源。The embodiments of the present application provide a configuration method and a related apparatus for uplink reference signal resources, which can be applied to configure resources for terminal equipment in an idle state or an inactive state.
第一方面,提出一种上行参考信号资源的配置方法,所述方法应用于终端设备,所述方法包括:In a first aspect, a method for configuring uplink reference signal resources is proposed, the method is applied to a terminal device, and the method includes:
接收接入网设备发送的第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包括至少一个上行参考信号资源的配置信息;receiving first configuration information sent by an access network device, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of at least one uplink reference signal resource;
向所述接入网设备指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源,所述第一资源为所述至少一个上行参考信号资源中的上行参考信号资源。Indicate to the access network device that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, and the first resource is an uplink reference signal resource in the at least one uplink reference signal resource.
可以看出,上述技术方案中,通过将至少一个上行参考信号资源的配置信息下发给终端设备,使得处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备可以根据至少一个上行参考信号资源的配置信息,确定处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备所使用的上行参考信号资源,并向接入网设备指示处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备所使用的上行参考信号资源,从而可以适用于为处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备配置资源。同时,避免了终端设备需要进入RRC连接态获取资源时导致的能耗高的问题,也实现了终端设备自主选择资源。It can be seen that, in the above technical solution, by sending the configuration information of at least one uplink reference signal resource to the terminal equipment, the terminal equipment in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state can be based on the configuration information of at least one uplink reference signal resource. , determine the uplink reference signal resources used by the terminal equipment in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, and indicate to the access network equipment the uplink reference signal resources used by the terminal equipment in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, thereby It can be applied to configure resources for terminal equipment in RRC idle state or RRC inactive state. At the same time, the problem of high energy consumption caused when the terminal device needs to enter the RRC connection state to obtain resources is avoided, and the terminal device can independently select resources.
可选的,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
接收所述接入网设备发送的第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息包括至少一个第二资源的配置信息,第三资源为所述至少一个第二资源中的一个第二资源,所述第一资源与所述第三资源关联;Receive second configuration information sent by the access network device, where the second configuration information includes configuration information of at least one second resource, the third resource is a second resource in the at least one second resource, and the the first resource is associated with the third resource;
所述向所述接入网设备指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源,包括:The indicating to the access network device that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource includes:
通过所述第三资源发送上行物理信道,所述第三资源指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源。The uplink physical channel is sent through the third resource, where the third resource indicates that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource.
可以看出,上述技术方案中,通过采用与第一资源关联的第三资源发送上行物理信道,使得接入网设备根据接收到的上行物理信道所在的资源,以及上行物理信道的资源与上行 参考信号资源之间的关联关系,获知终端设备使用的资源为第一资源,从而避免了后续耗费资源对上行参考信号资源进行盲检,从而节省了资源。It can be seen that, in the above technical solution, by using the third resource associated with the first resource to send the uplink physical channel, the access network device can be based on the received resource of the uplink physical channel, as well as the resource of the uplink physical channel and the uplink reference. The relationship between the signal resources, it is known that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, thereby avoiding the subsequent blind detection of the uplink reference signal resource that consumes resources, thereby saving resources.
可选的,所述第三资源为一个物理随机接入信道PRACH资源,所述PRACH资源包括以下至少一种:一个随机接入机会和前导码。Optionally, the third resource is a physical random access channel PRACH resource, and the PRACH resource includes at least one of the following: a random access opportunity and a preamble.
可选的,所述第三资源为物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源。Optionally, the third resource is a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource.
可选的,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
接收所述接入网设备发送的第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息包括至少一个第四资源的配置信息,所述第一资源与所述至少一个第四资源中一个第四资源关联,或,所述第三资源与所述至少一个第四资源中一个第四资源关联;receiving third configuration information sent by the access network device, where the third configuration information includes configuration information of at least one fourth resource, and the first resource is associated with one fourth resource in the at least one fourth resource, Or, the third resource is associated with a fourth resource in the at least one fourth resource;
通过与所述第一资源关联的第四资源,向所述接入网设备发送所述终端设备的标识;或,Send the identification of the terminal device to the access network device through the fourth resource associated with the first resource; or,
通过与所述第三资源关联的第四资源,向所述接入网设备发送所述终端设备的标识。The identification of the terminal device is sent to the access network device through the fourth resource associated with the third resource.
可以看出,上述技术方案中,通过与第一资源关联的第四资源,向接入网设备发送终端设备的标识;或,通过与第三资源关联的第四资源,向接入网设备发送终端设备的标识,使得接入网设备获知使用第一资源的终端设备的标识。It can be seen that, in the above technical solution, the identifier of the terminal device is sent to the access network device through the fourth resource associated with the first resource; or, the identifier of the terminal device is sent to the access network device through the fourth resource associated with the third resource The identifier of the terminal device enables the access network device to know the identifier of the terminal device using the first resource.
可选的,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
接收所述接入网设备发送的第四配置信息,所述第四配置信息包括至少一个第五资源的配置信息,第六资源为所述至少一个第五资源中的一个第五资源;receiving fourth configuration information sent by the access network device, where the fourth configuration information includes configuration information of at least one fifth resource, and the sixth resource is a fifth resource in the at least one fifth resource;
所述向所述接入网设备指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源,包括:The indicating to the access network device that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource includes:
通过所述第六资源,向所述接入网设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源。Using the sixth resource, first indication information is sent to the access network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource.
可以看出,上述技术方案中,通过第六资源,向接入网设备发送第一指示信息,使得接入网设备获知终端设备使用的资源为第一资源,从而避免了后续耗费资源对上行参考信号资源进行盲检,从而节省了资源。It can be seen that, in the above technical solution, the sixth resource is used to send the first indication information to the access network device, so that the access network device knows that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, thereby avoiding subsequent resource consumption for uplink reference. Signal resources are blindly detected, thereby saving resources.
可选的,所述第六资源包括上行物理共享信道PUSCH资源,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the sixth resource includes uplink physical shared channel PUSCH resources, and the method further includes:
通过所述第六资源,向所述接入网设备发送所述终端设备的标识。The identifier of the terminal device is sent to the access network device through the sixth resource.
可选的,所述向所述接入网设备指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源,包括:Optionally, the indicating to the access network device that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource includes:
通过第七资源,向所述接入网设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源,所述第七资源用于承载随机接入消息-3msg-3或随机接入消息-Amsg-A。Send first indication information to the access network device through the seventh resource, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, and the seventh resource is used to bear the Random Access Message-3msg-3 or Random Access Message-Amsg-A.
可以看出,上述技术方案中,通过第七资源,向接入网设备发送第一指示信息,使得接入网设备获知终端设备使用的资源为第一资源,从而避免了后续耗费资源对上行参考信号资源进行盲检,从而节省了资源。同时,终端设备基于用于承载msg-3或msg-A的资源,以实现向接入网设备发送第一指示信息,避免了需要等待接入网设备下发配置信息的过程。It can be seen that in the above technical solution, the seventh resource is used to send the first indication information to the access network device, so that the access network device knows that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, thereby avoiding subsequent resource consumption for uplink reference. Signal resources are blindly detected, thereby saving resources. At the same time, the terminal device implements sending the first indication information to the access network device based on the resources used for carrying msg-3 or msg-A, avoiding the process of waiting for the access network device to issue configuration information.
可选的,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
通过所述第七资源,向所述接入网设备发送所述终端设备的标识。The identifier of the terminal device is sent to the access network device through the seventh resource.
可选的,所述第一指示信息包含于MAC控制单元信令或恢复请求消息。Optionally, the first indication information is included in MAC control unit signaling or a recovery request message.
可选的,所述第一配置信息携带在所述接入网设备发送的第一释放消息或第一***信息;和/或,所述第二配置信息携带在所述接入网设备发送的第二释放消息或第二***信息;和/或,所述第三配置信息携带在所述接入网设备发送的第三释放消息或第三***信息;和/或,所述第四配置信息携带在所述接入网设备发送的第四释放消息或第四***信息。Optionally, the first configuration information is carried in the first release message or the first system information sent by the access network device; and/or the second configuration information is carried in the first release message sent by the access network device; the second release message or the second system information; and/or the third configuration information is carried in the third release message or the third system information sent by the access network device; and/or the fourth configuration information It carries the fourth release message or the fourth system information sent by the access network device.
可选的,所述方法还包括:接收所述接入网设备发送的第一信息;Optionally, the method further includes: receiving first information sent by the access network device;
其中,所述第一信息包括以下至少一种:定时提前(timing advance,TA)、发送功率控制命令和第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示是否允许所述终端设备使用。Wherein, the first information includes at least one of the following: a timing advance (timing advance, TA), a transmission power control command, and second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device is allowed to use.
可选的,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
若所述第二指示信息用于指示允许所述终端设备使用所述第一资源,则在所述第一资源上发送上行参考信号;或,If the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is allowed to use the first resource, send an uplink reference signal on the first resource; or,
若所述第二指示信息用于指示不允许所述终端设备使用所述第一资源,则重新从所述至少一个上行参考信号资源中选取一个上行参考信号资源。If the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is not allowed to use the first resource, reselect an uplink reference signal resource from the at least one uplink reference signal resource.
可选的,所述方法还包括:接收所述接入网设备发送的寻呼信息,所述寻呼信息包括用于指示所述终端设备发送上行参考信号的信息。Optionally, the method further includes: receiving paging information sent by the access network device, where the paging information includes information used to instruct the terminal device to send an uplink reference signal.
第二方面,提供一种上行参考信号资源的配置方法,所述方法应用于接入网设备,所述方法包括:In a second aspect, a method for configuring uplink reference signal resources is provided, the method is applied to an access network device, and the method includes:
向终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包括至少一个上行参考信号资源的配置信息;sending first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of at least one uplink reference signal resource;
根据来自所述终端设备的指示确定所述终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源,所述第一资源为所述至少一个上行参考信号资源中的上行参考信号资源。According to the instruction from the terminal device, it is determined that the resource used by the terminal device is a first resource, and the first resource is an uplink reference signal resource in the at least one uplink reference signal resource.
可以看出,上述技术方案中,通过将至少一个上行参考信号资源的配置信息下发给终端设备,使得处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备可以根据至少一个上行参考信号资源的配置信息,确定处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备所使用的上行参考信号资源,并向接入网设备指示处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备所使用的上行参考信号资源,从而可以适用于为处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备配置资源。同时,避免了终端设备需要进入RRC连接态获取资源时导致的能耗高的问题,也实现了终端设备自主选择资源。It can be seen that, in the above technical solution, by sending the configuration information of at least one uplink reference signal resource to the terminal equipment, the terminal equipment in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state can be based on the configuration information of at least one uplink reference signal resource. , determine the uplink reference signal resources used by the terminal equipment in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, and indicate to the access network equipment the uplink reference signal resources used by the terminal equipment in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, thereby It can be applied to configure resources for terminal equipment in RRC idle state or RRC inactive state. At the same time, the problem of high energy consumption caused when the terminal device needs to enter the RRC connection state to obtain resources is avoided, and the terminal device can independently select resources.
可选的,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
向所述终端设备发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息包括至少一个第二资源的配置信息,第三资源为所述至少一个第二资源中的一个第二资源,所述第一资源与所述第三资源关联,Sending second configuration information to the terminal device, where the second configuration information includes configuration information of at least one second resource, the third resource is a second resource in the at least one second resource, and the first resource associated with said third resource,
所述根据来自所述终端设备的指示确定所述终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源,包括:The determining that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource according to the instruction from the terminal device includes:
根据上行物理信道确定所述终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源,所述上行物理信道是通过所述第三资源接收的,所述第三资源指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源It is determined according to the uplink physical channel that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, the uplink physical channel is received through the third resource, and the third resource indicates that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource
可以看出,上述技术方案中,通过采用与第一资源关联的第三资源发送上行物理信道,使得接入网设备根据接收到的上行物理信道所在的资源,以及上行物理信道的资源与上行参考信号资源之间的关联关系,获知终端设备使用的资源为第一资源,从而避免了后续耗 费资源对上行参考信号资源进行盲检,从而节省了资源。It can be seen that, in the above technical solution, by using the third resource associated with the first resource to send the uplink physical channel, the access network device can be based on the received resource of the uplink physical channel, as well as the resource of the uplink physical channel and the uplink reference. The relationship between the signal resources, it is known that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, thereby avoiding the subsequent blind detection of the uplink reference signal resource that consumes resources, thereby saving resources.
可选的,所述第三资源为一个物理随机接入信道PRACH资源,所述PRACH资源包括以下至少一种:一个随机接入机会和前导码。Optionally, the third resource is a physical random access channel PRACH resource, and the PRACH resource includes at least one of the following: a random access opportunity and a preamble.
可选的,所述第三资源为物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源。Optionally, the third resource is a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource.
可选的,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
向所述终端设备发送第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息包括至少一个第四资源的配置信息,所述第一资源与所述至少一个第四资源中一个第四资源关联,或,所述第三资源与所述至少一个第四资源中一个第四资源关联;Send third configuration information to the terminal device, where the third configuration information includes configuration information of at least one fourth resource, the first resource is associated with one fourth resource in the at least one fourth resource, or, the third resource is associated with a fourth resource of the at least one fourth resource;
通过与所述第一资源关联的第四资源,接收所述终端设备发送的所述终端设备的标识;或,receiving, by using the fourth resource associated with the first resource, the identifier of the terminal device sent by the terminal device; or,
通过与所述第三资源关联的第四资源,接收所述终端设备发送的所述终端设备的标识。The identifier of the terminal device sent by the terminal device is received through the fourth resource associated with the third resource.
可以看出,上述技术方案中,通过与第一资源关联的第四资源,向接入网设备发送终端设备的标识;或,通过与第三资源关联的第四资源,向接入网设备发送终端设备的标识,使得接入网设备获知使用第一资源的终端设备的标识。It can be seen that, in the above technical solution, the identifier of the terminal device is sent to the access network device through the fourth resource associated with the first resource; or, the identifier of the terminal device is sent to the access network device through the fourth resource associated with the third resource The identifier of the terminal device enables the access network device to know the identifier of the terminal device using the first resource.
可选的,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
向所述终端设备发送第四配置信息,所述第四配置信息包括至少一个第五资源的配置信息,第六资源为所述至少一个第五资源中的一个第五资源;sending fourth configuration information to the terminal device, where the fourth configuration information includes configuration information of at least one fifth resource, and the sixth resource is a fifth resource in the at least one fifth resource;
所述根据来自所述终端设备的指示确定所述终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源,包括:The determining that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource according to the instruction from the terminal device includes:
根据第一指示信息确定所述终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源,所述第一指示信息是通过所述第六资源接收的,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源。It is determined according to the first indication information that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, the first indication information is received through the sixth resource, and the first indication information is used to indicate the resource used by the terminal device The resource is the first resource.
可以看出,上述技术方案中,通过第六资源,向接入网设备发送第一指示信息,使得接入网设备获知终端设备使用的资源为第一资源,从而避免了后续耗费资源对上行参考信号资源进行盲检,从而节省了资源。It can be seen that, in the above technical solution, the sixth resource is used to send the first indication information to the access network device, so that the access network device knows that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, thereby avoiding subsequent resource consumption for uplink reference. Signal resources are blindly detected, thereby saving resources.
可选的,所述第六资源包括上行物理共享信道PUSCH资源,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the sixth resource includes uplink physical shared channel PUSCH resources, and the method further includes:
通过所述第六资源,接收所述终端设备发送的所述终端设备的标识。Through the sixth resource, the identifier of the terminal device sent by the terminal device is received.
可选的,所述确定所述终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源,包括:Optionally, the determining that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource includes:
根据第一指示信息确定所述终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源,所述第一指示信息是通过第七资源接收的,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源,所述第七资源用于承载msg-3或msg-A。It is determined that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource according to the first indication information, the first indication information is received through the seventh resource, and the first indication information is used to indicate the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, and the seventh resource is used to carry msg-3 or msg-A.
可以看出,上述技术方案中,通过第七资源,向接入网设备发送第一指示信息,使得接入网设备获知终端设备使用的资源为第一资源,从而避免了后续耗费资源对上行参考信号资源进行盲检,从而节省了资源。同时,终端设备基于用于承载msg-3或msg-A的资源,以实现向接入网设备发送第一指示信息,避免了需要等待接入网设备下发配置信息的过程。It can be seen that in the above technical solution, the seventh resource is used to send the first indication information to the access network device, so that the access network device knows that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, thereby avoiding subsequent resource consumption for uplink reference. Signal resources are blindly detected, thereby saving resources. At the same time, the terminal device implements sending the first indication information to the access network device based on the resources used for carrying msg-3 or msg-A, avoiding the process of waiting for the access network device to issue configuration information.
可选的,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
通过所述第七资源,接收所述终端设备发送的所述终端设备的标识。Through the seventh resource, the identifier of the terminal device sent by the terminal device is received.
可选的,所述第一指示信息包含于MAC控制单元信令或恢复请求消息。Optionally, the first indication information is included in MAC control unit signaling or a recovery request message.
可选的,所述第一配置信息携带在所述接入网设备发送的第一释放消息或第一***信 息;所述第二配置信息携带在所述接入网设备发送的第二释放消息或第二***信息;所述第三配置信息携带在所述接入网设备发送的第三释放消息或第三***信息;所述第四配置信息携带在所述接入网设备发送的第四释放消息或第四***信息。Optionally, the first configuration information is carried in the first release message or the first system information sent by the access network device; the second configuration information is carried in the second release message sent by the access network device or the second system information; the third configuration information is carried in the third release message or the third system information sent by the access network device; the fourth configuration information is carried in the fourth release message sent by the access network device Release message or fourth system information.
可选的,所述方法还包括:向所述终端设备发送第一信息;Optionally, the method further includes: sending first information to the terminal device;
其中,所述第一信息包括以下至少一种:定时提前、功率控制信息和第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一资源是否允许所述终端设备使用。The first information includes at least one of the following: timing advance, power control information, and second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether the first resource is allowed to be used by the terminal device.
可选的,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
在所述第一资源上接收上行参考信号。An uplink reference signal is received on the first resource.
可选的,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
向所述终端设备发送寻呼信息,所述寻呼信息包括用于指示所述终端设备发送上行参考信号的信息。Send paging information to the terminal device, where the paging information includes information used to instruct the terminal device to send an uplink reference signal.
可选的,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
向第一设备发送所述第一资源的配置信息。The configuration information of the first resource is sent to the first device.
可选的,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
接收来自所述第一设备的请求消息,所述请求消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示请求所述接入网设备获取使用所述第一资源的终端设备的标识;receiving a request message from the first device, where the request message includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to instruct the access network device to obtain an identifier of a terminal device that uses the first resource;
向所述第一设备发送响应消息,所述响应消息包括使用所述第一资源的所述终端设备的标识。Sending a response message to the first device, the response message including the identification of the terminal device using the first resource.
第三方面,提出一种通信装置,所述通信装置包括接收模块和发送模块,其中,In a third aspect, a communication device is provided, the communication device includes a receiving module and a sending module, wherein,
所述接收模块,用于接收接入网设备发送的第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包括至少一个上行参考信号资源的配置信息;The receiving module is configured to receive first configuration information sent by an access network device, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of at least one uplink reference signal resource;
所述发送模块,用于向所述接入网设备指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源,所述第一资源为所述至少一个上行参考信号资源中的上行参考信号资源。The sending module is configured to indicate to the access network device that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, and the first resource is an uplink reference signal resource in the at least one uplink reference signal resource .
可选的,所述接收模块,还用于Optionally, the receiving module is also used for
接收所述接入网设备发送的第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息包括至少一个第二资源的配置信息,第三资源为所述至少一个第二资源中的一个第二资源,所述第一资源与所述第三资源关联;Receive second configuration information sent by the access network device, where the second configuration information includes configuration information of at least one second resource, the third resource is a second resource in the at least one second resource, and the the first resource is associated with the third resource;
在向所述接入网设备指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源时,所述发送模块,用于通过所述第三资源发送上行物理信道,所述第三资源指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源。When indicating to the access network device that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, the sending module is configured to send an uplink physical channel through the third resource, and the third resource indicates the The resource used by the terminal device is the first resource.
可选的,所述第三资源为一个物理随机接入信道PRACH资源,所述PRACH资源包括以下至少一种:一个随机接入机会和前导码。Optionally, the third resource is a physical random access channel PRACH resource, and the PRACH resource includes at least one of the following: a random access opportunity and a preamble.
可选的,所述第三资源为物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源。Optionally, the third resource is a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource.
可选的,所述接收模块,还用于接收所述接入网设备发送的第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息包括至少一个第四资源的配置信息,所述第一资源与所述至少一个第四资源中一个第四资源关联,或,所述第三资源与所述至少一个第四资源中一个第四资源关联;Optionally, the receiving module is further configured to receive third configuration information sent by the access network device, where the third configuration information includes configuration information of at least one fourth resource, the first resource and the A fourth resource in the at least one fourth resource is associated, or the third resource is associated with a fourth resource in the at least one fourth resource;
所述发送模块,用于通过与所述第一资源关联的第四资源,向所述接入网设备发送所 述终端设备的标识;或,通过与所述第三资源关联的第四资源,向所述接入网设备发送所述终端设备的标识。The sending module is configured to send the identifier of the terminal device to the access network device through the fourth resource associated with the first resource; or, through the fourth resource associated with the third resource, Send the identification of the terminal device to the access network device.
可选的,所述接收模块,还用于Optionally, the receiving module is also used for
接收所述接入网设备发送的第四配置信息,所述第四配置信息包括至少一个第五资源的配置信息,第六资源为所述至少一个第五资源中的一个第五资源;receiving fourth configuration information sent by the access network device, where the fourth configuration information includes configuration information of at least one fifth resource, and the sixth resource is a fifth resource in the at least one fifth resource;
在向所述接入网设备指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源时,所述发送模块,用于When indicating to the access network device that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, the sending module is configured to:
通过所述第六资源,向所述接入网设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源。Using the sixth resource, first indication information is sent to the access network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource.
可选的,所述第六资源包括上行物理共享信道PUSCH资源,所述发送模块,还用于通过所述第六资源,向所述接入网设备发送所述终端设备的标识。Optionally, the sixth resource includes uplink physical shared channel PUSCH resources, and the sending module is further configured to send the identifier of the terminal device to the access network device through the sixth resource.
可选的,在向所述接入网设备指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源时,所述发送模块,用于通过第七资源,向所述接入网设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源,所述第七资源用于承载msg-3或msg-A。Optionally, when indicating to the access network device that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, the sending module is configured to send the first resource to the access network device through the seventh resource. A piece of indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, and the seventh resource is used to carry msg-3 or msg-A.
可选的,所述发送模块,还用于通过所述第七资源,向所述接入网设备发送所述终端设备的标识。Optionally, the sending module is further configured to send the identifier of the terminal device to the access network device through the seventh resource.
可选的,所述第一指示信息包含于MAC控制单元信令或恢复请求消息。Optionally, the first indication information is included in MAC control unit signaling or a recovery request message.
可选的,所述第一配置信息携带在所述接入网设备发送的第一释放消息或第一***信息;和/或,所述第二配置信息携带在所述接入网设备发送的第二释放消息或第二***信息;和/或,所述第三配置信息携带在所述接入网设备发送的第三释放消息或第三***信息;和/或,所述第四配置信息携带在所述接入网设备发送的第四释放消息或第四***信息。Optionally, the first configuration information is carried in the first release message or the first system information sent by the access network device; and/or the second configuration information is carried in the first release message sent by the access network device; the second release message or the second system information; and/or the third configuration information is carried in the third release message or the third system information sent by the access network device; and/or the fourth configuration information It carries the fourth release message or the fourth system information sent by the access network device.
可选的,所述接收模块,还用于接收所述接入网设备发送的第一信息;Optionally, the receiving module is further configured to receive the first information sent by the access network device;
其中,所述第一信息包括以下至少一种:定时提前、发送功率控制命令和第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示是否允许所述终端设备使用所述第一资源。The first information includes at least one of the following: timing advance, transmission power control command, and second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device is allowed to use the first resource.
可选的,所述装置还包括处理模块,Optionally, the device further includes a processing module,
若所述第二指示信息用于指示允许所述终端设备使用所述第一资源,则所述发送模块,还用于在所述第一资源上发送上行参考信号;If the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is allowed to use the first resource, the sending module is further configured to send an uplink reference signal on the first resource;
若所述第二指示信息用于指示不允许所述终端设备使用所述第一资源,则所述处理模块,用于重新从所述至少一个上行参考信号资源中选取一个上行参考信号资源。If the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is not allowed to use the first resource, the processing module is configured to reselect an uplink reference signal resource from the at least one uplink reference signal resource.
可选的,所述接收模块,还用于接收所述接入网设备发送的寻呼信息,所述寻呼信息包括用于指示所述终端设备发送上行参考信号的信息。Optionally, the receiving module is further configured to receive paging information sent by the access network device, where the paging information includes information used to instruct the terminal device to send an uplink reference signal.
第四方面,提供一种通信装置,所述通信装置包括收发模块和处理模块,其中,In a fourth aspect, a communication device is provided, the communication device includes a transceiver module and a processing module, wherein,
所述收发模块,用于向终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包括至少一个上行参考信号资源的配置信息;The transceiver module is configured to send first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of at least one uplink reference signal resource;
所述处理模块,用于根据来自所述终端设备的指示确定所述终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源,所述第一资源为所述至少一个上行参考信号资源中的上行参考信号资源。The processing module is configured to determine, according to an indication from the terminal device, that a resource used by the terminal device is a first resource, where the first resource is an uplink reference signal resource in the at least one uplink reference signal resource.
可选的,所述收发模块,用于向所述终端设备发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息包括至少一个第二资源的配置信息,第三资源为所述至少一个第二资源中的一个第二资源,所述第一资源与所述第三资源关联;Optionally, the transceiver module is configured to send second configuration information to the terminal device, where the second configuration information includes configuration information of at least one second resource, and the third resource is one of the at least one second resource. a second resource of , the first resource is associated with the third resource;
在根据来自所述终端设备的指示确定所述终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源时,所述处理模块,用于根据上行物理信道确定所述终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源,所述上行物理信道是通过所述第三资源接收的,所述第三资源指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源。When determining that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource according to the instruction from the terminal device, the processing module is configured to determine, according to the uplink physical channel, that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, and the The uplink physical channel is received through the third resource, and the third resource indicates that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource.
可选的,所述第三资源为一个物理随机接入信道PRACH资源,所述PRACH资源包括以下至少一种:一个随机接入机会和前导码。Optionally, the third resource is a physical random access channel PRACH resource, and the PRACH resource includes at least one of the following: a random access opportunity and a preamble.
可选的,所述第三资源为物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源。Optionally, the third resource is a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource.
可选的,所述收发模块,还用于Optionally, the transceiver module is also used for
向所述终端设备发送第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息包括至少一个第四资源的配置信息,所述第一资源与所述至少一个第四资源中一个第四资源关联,或,所述第三资源与所述至少一个第四资源中一个第四资源关联;Send third configuration information to the terminal device, where the third configuration information includes configuration information of at least one fourth resource, the first resource is associated with one fourth resource in the at least one fourth resource, or, the third resource is associated with a fourth resource of the at least one fourth resource;
通过与所述第一资源关联的第四资源,接收所述终端设备发送的所述终端设备的标识;或,receiving, by using the fourth resource associated with the first resource, the identifier of the terminal device sent by the terminal device; or,
通过与所述第三资源关联的第四资源,接收所述终端设备发送的所述终端设备的标识。The identifier of the terminal device sent by the terminal device is received through the fourth resource associated with the third resource.
可选的,所述收发模块,还用于向所述终端设备发送第四配置信息,所述第四配置信息包括至少一个第五资源的配置信息,第六资源为所述至少一个第五资源中的一个第五资源;Optionally, the transceiver module is further configured to send fourth configuration information to the terminal device, where the fourth configuration information includes configuration information of at least one fifth resource, and the sixth resource is the at least one fifth resource one of the fifth resources;
在根据来自所述终端设备的指示确定所述终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源时,所述处理模块,用于根据第一指示信息确定所述终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源,所述第一指示信息是通过所述第六资源接收的,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源。When determining that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource according to the indication from the terminal device, the processing module is configured to determine, according to the first indication information, that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, The first indication information is received through the sixth resource, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource.
可选的,所述第六资源包括上行物理共享信道PUSCH资源,所述收发模块,还用于通过所述第六资源,接收所述终端设备发送的所述终端设备的标识。Optionally, the sixth resource includes uplink physical shared channel PUSCH resources, and the transceiver module is further configured to receive the identifier of the terminal device sent by the terminal device through the sixth resource.
可选的,在根据来自所述终端设备的指示确定所述终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源时,所述处理模块,用于根据第一指示信息确定所述终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源,所述第一指示信息是通过第七资源接收的,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源,所述第七资源用于承载msg-3或msg-A。Optionally, when determining that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource according to the indication from the terminal device, the processing module is configured to determine, according to the first indication information, that the resource used by the terminal device is The first resource, the first indication information is received through the seventh resource, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, and the seventh resource is used to bear the msg-3 or msg-A.
可选的,所述收发模块,用于通过所述第七资源,接收所述终端设备发送的所述终端设备的标识。Optionally, the transceiver module is configured to receive, through the seventh resource, the identifier of the terminal device sent by the terminal device.
可选的,所述第一指示信息包含于MAC控制单元信令或恢复请求消息。Optionally, the first indication information is included in MAC control unit signaling or a recovery request message.
可选的,所述第一配置信息携带在所述接入网设备发送的第一释放消息或第一***信息;和/或,所述第二配置信息携带在所述接入网设备发送的第二释放消息或第二***信息;和/或,所述第三配置信息携带在所述接入网设备发送的第三释放消息或第三***信息;和/或,所述第四配置信息携带在所述接入网设备发送的第四释放消息或第四***信息。Optionally, the first configuration information is carried in the first release message or the first system information sent by the access network device; and/or the second configuration information is carried in the first release message sent by the access network device; the second release message or the second system information; and/or the third configuration information is carried in the third release message or the third system information sent by the access network device; and/or the fourth configuration information It carries the fourth release message or the fourth system information sent by the access network device.
可选的,所述收发模块,还用于Optionally, the transceiver module is also used for
向所述终端设备发送第一信息;sending first information to the terminal device;
其中,所述第一信息包括以下至少一种:定时提前、功率控制信息和第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示是否允许所述终端设备使用所述第一资源。The first information includes at least one of the following: timing advance, power control information, and second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device is allowed to use the first resource.
可选的,所述收发模块,还用于在所述第一资源上接收上行参考信号。Optionally, the transceiver module is further configured to receive an uplink reference signal on the first resource.
可选的,所述收发模块,还用于向所述终端设备发送寻呼信息,所述寻呼信息包括用于指示所述终端设备发送上行参考信号的信息。Optionally, the transceiver module is further configured to send paging information to the terminal device, where the paging information includes information used to instruct the terminal device to send an uplink reference signal.
可选的,所述收发模块,还用于向第一设备发送所述第一资源的配置信息。Optionally, the transceiver module is further configured to send configuration information of the first resource to the first device.
可选的,所述收发模块,还用于Optionally, the transceiver module is also used for
接收来自所述第一设备的请求消息,所述请求消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示请求所述接入网设备获取使用所述第一资源的终端设备的标识;receiving a request message from the first device, where the request message includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to instruct the access network device to obtain an identifier of a terminal device that uses the first resource;
向所述第一设备发送响应消息,所述响应消息包括使用所述第一资源的所述终端设备的标识。Sending a response message to the first device, the response message including the identification of the terminal device using the first resource.
第五方面,提供一种通信装置,包括处理器、存储器、输入接口和输出接口,所述输入接口用于接收来自所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置的信息,所述输出接口用于向所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置输出信息,所述处理器调用所述存储器中存储的计算机程序实现如第一方面或第二方面任一项所述的方法。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, comprising a processor, a memory, an input interface, and an output interface, wherein the input interface is used to receive information from other communication devices other than the communication device, and the output interface is used to send information to the communication device. Other communication devices other than the communication device output information, and the processor invokes the computer program stored in the memory to implement the method according to any one of the first aspect or the second aspect.
在一种可能的设计中,该通信装置可以是实现第一方面或第二方面中方法的芯片或者包含芯片的设备。In a possible design, the communication device may be a chip implementing the method of the first aspect or the second aspect or a device including a chip.
第六方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序,当所述计算机程序被运行时,实现如第一方面或第二方面任一项所述的方法。In a sixth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, and a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is executed, any one of the first aspect or the second aspect is implemented. method.
第七方面,提供一种计算机程序产品,当计算机读取并执行所述计算机程序产品时,使得计算机执行实现如第一方面或第二方面任一项所述的方法。In a seventh aspect, a computer program product is provided, which, when a computer reads and executes the computer program product, causes the computer to execute the method to implement any one of the first aspect or the second aspect.
第八方面,提供一种通信***,包括上述终端设备,和/或,上述接入网设备。In an eighth aspect, a communication system is provided, including the above-mentioned terminal equipment, and/or the above-mentioned access network equipment.
附图说明Description of drawings
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例或现有技术中的技术方案,下面将对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本申请的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to more clearly illustrate the embodiments of the present application or the technical solutions in the prior art, the following briefly introduces the accompanying drawings required for the description of the embodiments or the prior art. Obviously, the drawings in the following description are only These are some embodiments of the present application. For those of ordinary skill in the art, other drawings can also be obtained based on these drawings without any creative effort.
其中:in:
图1为本申请实施例提供的通信***的基础架构;FIG. 1 is an infrastructure of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例适用的一种具体可能的网络架构示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a specific possible network architecture to which the embodiment of the present application is applicable;
图3所示为可适用于本申请实施例提供的通信装置的硬件结构示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure applicable to the communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种上行参考信号资源的配置方法的流程示意图;4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for configuring uplink reference signal resources according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的又一种上行参考信号资源的配置方法的流程示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another method for configuring uplink reference signal resources according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种简化的终端设备的结构示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a simplified terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种简化的接入网设备的结构示意图。FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a simplified access network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present application.
需要理解的是,本申请实施例中的术语“***”和“网络”可被互换使用。“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一种(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一种(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。单数表达形式“一个”、“一种”、“所述”、“上述”、“该”和“这一”旨在也包括例如“一个或多个”这种表达形式,除非其上下文中明确地有相反指示。以及,除非有相反的说明,本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词是用于对多个对象进行区分,不用于限定多个对象的顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度。It should be understood that the terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of the present application may be used interchangeably. "At least one" means one or more, and "plurality" means two or more. "And/or", which describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicates that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can indicate: the existence of A alone, the existence of A and B at the same time, and the existence of B alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects are an "or" relationship. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions, refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of single item(s) or plural item(s). For example, at least one (a) of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c may be single or multiple . The singular expressions "a", "an", "the", "above", "the" and "the" are intended to also include such expressions as "one or more" unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. to the contrary. And, unless stated to the contrary, the ordinal numbers such as “first” and “second” mentioned in the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, sequence, priority or priority of multiple objects. Importance.
在本申请实施例中描述的参考“一个实施例”或“一些实施例”等意味着在本申请的一个或多个实施例中包括结合该实施例描述的特定特征、结构或特点。由此,在本说明书中的不同之处出现的语句“在一个实施例中”、“在一些实施例中”、“在其他一些实施例中”、“在另外一些实施例中”等不是必然都参考相同的实施例,而是意味着“一个或多个但不是所有的实施例”,除非是以其他方式另外特别强调。术语“包括”、“包含”、“具有”及它们的变形都意味着“包括但不限于”,除非是以其他方式另外特别强调。References to "one embodiment" or "some embodiments" or the like described in the embodiments of the present application mean that a particular feature, structure or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment is included in one or more embodiments of the present application. Thus, appearances of the phrases "in one embodiment," "in some embodiments," "in other embodiments," "in other embodiments," etc. in various places in this specification are not necessarily All refer to the same embodiment, but mean "one or more but not all embodiments" unless specifically emphasized otherwise. The terms "including", "including", "having" and their variants mean "including but not limited to" unless specifically emphasized otherwise.
下面对本申请所涉及到的名词(或通信术语)进行解释说明。The terms (or communication terms) involved in this application are explained below.
1、无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)空闲态(RRC_IDLE)1. Radio resource control (RRC) idle state (RRC_IDLE)
当终端设备处于RRC空闲态时,终端设备未保留无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)上下文(context)。RRC上下文是终端设备与网络设备之间建立通信的参数。RRC上下文可以包括安全上下文、终端设备的能力信息等。同时,终端设备也未与核心网设备建立连接,即核心网设备处于CN-IDLE(核心网空闲态)。终端设备不存在待传送的数据,自身将进入休眠(Sleep)状态,关闭收发单元以降低功耗。处于RRC空闲态的终端设备仅周期性地唤醒以接收寻呼消息。When the terminal device is in the RRC idle state, the terminal device does not retain a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) context (context). The RRC context is a parameter for establishing communication between a terminal device and a network device. The RRC context may include security context, capability information of the terminal device, and the like. At the same time, the terminal device has not established a connection with the core network device, that is, the core network device is in CN-IDLE (core network idle state). If there is no data to be transmitted in the terminal device, it will enter a sleep state and turn off the transceiver unit to reduce power consumption. Terminal devices in the RRC idle state only wake up periodically to receive paging messages.
2、RRC连接态(RRC_CONNECTED)2. RRC connection state (RRC_CONNECTED)
当终端设备处于RRC连接态时,终端设备已建立RRC上下文。终端设备与网络设备之间建立通信所需的参数已被通信双方所获取。网络设备为接入的终端设备分配小区无线网络临时标识(cell radio network temporary identifier,C-RNTI)。同时,终端设备也与核心网设备建立连接,即核心网设备处于CN_CONNECTED(核心网连接态)。此时,如终端设备正在传送数据,则处于连续接收状态,直至数据传送完成而进入等待状态时,切换为RRC 连接态非连续接收(discontinuous reception,DRX)以节省功耗。如果后续还有数据待传送,终端设备则再次返回连续接收状态。此时,由于RRC上下文已建立,UE离开RRC连接态DRX并准备连续接收所需的切换时间相对于从RRC空闲态切换到RRC连接态的时间要短得多。When the terminal device is in the RRC connected state, the terminal device has established an RRC context. The parameters required for establishing communication between the terminal device and the network device have been acquired by both parties of the communication. The network device allocates a cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI) to the accessing terminal device. At the same time, the terminal device also establishes a connection with the core network device, that is, the core network device is in CN_CONNECTED (core network connection state). At this time, if the terminal device is transmitting data, it is in the continuous receiving state, and when the data transmission is completed and enters the waiting state, it switches to the RRC connection state discontinuous reception (DRX) to save power consumption. If there is still data to be transmitted subsequently, the terminal device returns to the continuous receiving state again. At this time, since the RRC context has been established, the switching time required for the UE to leave the RRC connected state DRX and prepare for continuous reception is much shorter than the switching time from the RRC idle state to the RRC connected state.
3、RRC非激活态(RRC_INACTIVE)3. RRC inactive state (RRC_INACTIVE)
当终端设备处于RRC非激活态时,终端设备和网络设备之间保留了RRC上下文。同时,终端设备也与核心网设备建立连接,即核心网设备处于CN_CONNECTED(核心网RRC连接态)。此时,切换到RRC连接态以进行数据接收的流程是相对快速的,且无须产生额外的核心网信令开销。此外,处于RRC非激活态的终端设备也同样会进入休眠状态。因此,RRC非激活态能够满足降低连接时延、减小信令开销和功耗的需求。When the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state, the RRC context is reserved between the terminal device and the network device. At the same time, the terminal device also establishes a connection with the core network device, that is, the core network device is in CN_CONNECTED (core network RRC connection state). At this time, the process of switching to the RRC connected state for data reception is relatively fast, and no additional core network signaling overhead is required. In addition, the terminal equipment in the RRC inactive state also enters the dormant state. Therefore, the RRC inactive state can meet the requirements of reducing connection delay, signaling overhead and power consumption.
4、定位测量请求4. Positioning measurement request
定位测量请求,在本申请实施例中是指用于请求针对特定的终端设备的定位任务的消息。定位任务可以是即时请求(location immediate request,LIR)业务或者位置延迟请求(location deferred request,LDR)业务,通过定位任务,移动通信网络可将终端设备的位置信息或者与位置有关的定位事件告知定位任务的请求方,即定位请求方。定位服务器或者位置管理功能(location management function,LMF)网元可用于管理针对特定的终端设备的定位请求。具体地,管理定位测量请求,是指定位服务器或LMF网元可用于根据定位请求方发送的定位测量请求,向定位请求方反馈终端设备的位置信息或者向定位请求方指示终端设备出现定位请求指示的定位事件。The positioning measurement request, in this embodiment of the present application, refers to a message for requesting a positioning task for a specific terminal device. The positioning task can be a location immediate request (LIR) service or a location deferred request (LDR) service. Through the positioning task, the mobile communication network can inform the positioning of the location information of the terminal device or the location-related positioning events. The requester of the task, that is, the positioning requester. A location server or a location management function (LMF) network element can be used to manage location requests for specific terminal devices. Specifically, managing the positioning measurement request means that the designated location server or the LMF network element can be used to feed back the location information of the terminal device to the positioning requester according to the positioning measurement request sent by the positioning requester, or indicate to the positioning requester that the terminal device has a positioning request indication. location event.
即时请求业务是一种“即时请求,即时响应”的定位业务,其定位测量请求可包括LIR。在本申请实施中,定位请求方向终端设备所处的核心网网元如接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)网元或者网关移动位置中心(gateway mobile location centre,GMLC)网元发送LIR,由AMF网元或者GMLC转发给定位服务器或者核心网中的其它网元如LMF网元,以使定位服务器或者LMF网元基于LIR向定位请求方即时反馈终端设备的位置信息。The immediate request service is a positioning service of "immediate request and immediate response", and the positioning measurement request may include LIR. In the implementation of this application, the location request is directed to the core network element where the terminal device is located, such as the access and mobility management function (AMF) network element or the gateway mobile location center (GMLC) The network element sends the LIR, which is forwarded by the AMF network element or GMLC to the positioning server or other network elements in the core network, such as the LMF network element, so that the positioning server or the LMF network element can immediately feed back the location information of the terminal device to the positioning requester based on the LIR.
位置延迟请求业务具有延迟性,定位请求方相当于向终端设备、终端设备所处的核心网网元或其他相关网元订阅终端设备的定位报告,该报告可以在满足一定的定位事件后触发,定位事件例如,终端设备移动出或移动至某一区域、终端设备移动距离达到阈值距离或者满足预设的报告周期等等,该报告中可以携带终端设备的位置信息,和/或,该报告可用于指示满足以上的位置事件,如指示终端设备移动出或移动至某一区域等等。The location delay request service is delayed, and the location requester is equivalent to subscribing to the terminal device, the core network element where the terminal device is located, or other related network elements for the location report of the terminal device. The report can be triggered after a certain location event is met. Positioning events, for example, the terminal device moves out of or moves to a certain area, the terminal device moves a distance that reaches a threshold distance, or satisfies a preset reporting period, etc. The report can carry the location information of the terminal device, and/or the report is available It is used to indicate that the above location events are satisfied, such as instructing the terminal device to move out or move to a certain area and so on.
上述内容简要阐述了本申请实施例所涉及的名词(通信术语)的含义,为更好地理解本申请实施例的提供的技术方案,下面将对本申请实施例涉及的***架构和/或应用场景进行说明。可理解的,本申请实施例描述的场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定。The above content briefly describes the meanings of the terms (communication terms) involved in the embodiments of the present application. In order to better understand the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application, the following describes the system architecture and/or application scenarios involved in the embodiments of the present application. Be explained. It is understandable that the scenarios described in the embodiments of the present application are for the purpose of illustrating the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application more clearly, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application.
应理解,本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)架构、第五代移动通信技术(5th generation mobile networks,5G)、第4.5代移动通信技术(the 4.5 generation mobile networks,4.5G)、无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN) ***等等。本申请实施例的技术方案还可以应用于未来其它的通信***,例如6G通信***等,在未来通信***中,可能保持功能相同,但名称可能会改变。It should be understood that the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) architecture, a fifth generation mobile communication technology (5th generation mobile networks, 5G), a 4.5 generation mobile communication technology (the 4.5 generation mobile communication technology) networks, 4.5G), wireless local area networks (WLAN) systems, etc. The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to other communication systems in the future, such as 6G communication systems, etc. In the future communication systems, the functions may be kept the same, but the names may be changed.
下面介绍本申请实施例提供的通信***的基础架构。参见图1,图1为本申请实施例提供的通信***的基础架构。如图1所示,该通信***可以包括一个或多个接入网设备10(仅示出了1个)以及与每一接入网设备10通信的一个或多个终端设备20。图1仅为示意图,并不构成对本申请提供的技术方案的适用场景的限定。The following describes the infrastructure of the communication system provided by the embodiments of the present application. Referring to FIG. 1 , FIG. 1 is an infrastructure of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1 , the communication system may include one or more access network devices 10 (only one is shown) and one or more terminal devices 20 in communication with each access network device 10 . FIG. 1 is only a schematic diagram, and does not constitute a limitation on the applicable scenarios of the technical solutions provided in the present application.
其中,接入网设备10为网络侧的一种用于发送信号,或者,接收信号,或者,发送信号和接收信号的实体。接入网设备10可以为部署在无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)中为终端设备20提供无线通信功能的装置,例如可以为传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、基站、各种形式的控制节点。例如,网络控制器、无线控制器、云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器等。具体的,接入网设备可以为各种形式的宏基站,微基站(也称为小站),中继站,接入点(access point,AP)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved nodeB,或home node B,HNB)、基带单元(baseBand unit,BBU)、传输点(transmitting and receiving point,TRP)、发射点(transmitting point,TP)、移动交换中心)等,也可以为基站的天线面板。控制节点可以连接多个基站,并为多个基站覆盖下的多个终端配置资源。在采用不同的无线接入技术的***中,具备基站功能的设备的名称可能会有所不同。例如,可以是LTE***中的演进型基站(evolutional node B,eNB或eNodeB),还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器,还可以是5G中的gNB,或者该接入网设备10可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及5G之后的网络中的网络侧设备或未来演进的PLMN网络中的接入网设备等,本申请对接入网设备的具体名称不作限定。The access network device 10 is an entity on the network side for sending a signal, or receiving a signal, or sending a signal and receiving a signal. The access network device 10 may be a device deployed in a radio access network (RAN) to provide a wireless communication function for the terminal device 20, such as a transmission reception point (TRP), a base station, various form control node. For example, a network controller, a wireless controller, a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, etc. Specifically, the access network equipment may be various forms of macro base station, micro base station (also called small cell), relay station, access point (AP), radio network controller (RNC), Node B (node B, NB), base station controller (base station controller, BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved nodeB, or home node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseBand unit, BBU), transmission point (transmitting and receiving point, TRP), transmitting point (transmitting point, TP), mobile switching center), etc., can also be the antenna panel of the base station. The control node can connect to multiple base stations, and configure resources for multiple terminals covered by multiple base stations. In systems using different radio access technologies, the names of devices with base station functions may vary. For example, it can be an evolved base station (evolutional node B, eNB or eNodeB) in an LTE system, a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, or a 5G network gNB, or the access network device 10 may be a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, a network-side device in a network after 5G, or an access network device in a future evolved PLMN network, etc. The specific name of the access network device is not limited.
其中,终端设备20是用户侧的一种用于接收信号,或者,发送信号,或者,接收信号和发送信号的实体。终端设备20用于向用户提供语音服务和数据连通***中的一种或多种。终端设备20可以为包含无线收发功能、且可以与接入网设备配合为用户提供通讯服务的设备。具体地,终端设备20可以指用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备20也可以是无人机、物联网(internet of things,IoT)设备、WLAN中的站点(station,ST)、蜂窝电话(cellular phone)、智能电话(smart phone)、无绳电话、无线数据卡、平板型电脑、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant,PDA)设备、膝上型电脑(laptop computer)、机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC)终端、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备(也可以称为穿戴式智能设备)、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城 市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等。终端设备20也可以是设备到设备(device to device,D2D)设备,例如,电表、水表等。终端设备20还可以为5G***中的终端,也可以为下一代通信***中的终端,本申请实施例对此不作限定。The terminal device 20 is an entity on the user side that is used for receiving a signal, or sending a signal, or receiving a signal and sending a signal. The terminal device 20 is used to provide one or more of voice service and data connectivity service to the user. The terminal device 20 can be a device that includes a wireless transceiver function and can cooperate with an access network device to provide a communication service for the user. Specifically, the terminal device 20 may refer to a user equipment (UE), an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a terminal, a wireless communication device, a user agent or user device. The terminal device 20 may also be a drone, an internet of things (IoT) device, a station (ST) in WLAN, a cellular phone (cellular phone), a smart phone (smart phone), a cordless phone, wireless data Cards, tablet computers, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistant (PDA) devices, laptop computers (laptop computer) ), machine type communication (MTC) terminals, handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices (also known as wearable smart devices) , virtual reality (VR) terminal, augmented reality (AR) terminal, wireless terminal in industrial control (industrial control), wireless terminal in unmanned driving (self driving), remote medical (remote medical) Wireless terminals in smart grids, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, etc. The terminal device 20 may also be a device to device (device to device, D2D) device, such as an electricity meter, a water meter, and the like. The terminal device 20 may also be a terminal in a 5G system or a terminal in a next-generation communication system, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
结合图1,该通信***还可以包括第一设备30和第二设备40。第一设备30可以与第二设备40通信,第二设备40可以与接入网设备10通信。In conjunction with FIG. 1 , the communication system may further include a first device 30 and a second device 40 . The first device 30 may communicate with the second device 40 , and the second device 40 may communicate with the access network device 10 .
其中,第一设备30用于提供根据定位精度要求、时延要求等选择相应的定位方法、以及选择相应的通信协议来完成定位所需信息的交互,以及用于为定位服务提供所需的其他信息,或者定位策略。在4G通信中,第一设备30可以是演进型服务移动位置中心(evolved serving mobile location center,E-SMLC)。在5G通信中,第一设备30可以是位置管理功能(location management function,LMF)网元,在未来通信如第6代(6th generation,6G)通信中,第一设备30仍可以是LMF网元,或者有其它名称,本申请对此不作限定。Wherein, the first device 30 is used to provide the selection of a corresponding positioning method according to positioning accuracy requirements, time delay requirements, etc., and selection of a corresponding communication protocol to complete the interaction of the information required for positioning, and to provide other required for positioning services. information, or positioning strategies. In 4G communication, the first device 30 may be an evolved serving mobile location center (evolved serving mobile location center, E-SMLC). In 5G communication, the first device 30 may be a location management function (location management function, LMF) network element, and in future communications such as 6th generation (6th generation, 6G) communication, the first device 30 may still be an LMF network element , or other names, which are not limited in this application.
其中,第二设备40主要用于移动网络中的终端设备的注册、移动性管理、跟踪区更新流程。第二设备40终结了非接入层(non access stratum,NAS)消息、完成注册管理、连接管理以及可达性管理、分配跟踪区域列表(track area list,TA list)以及移动性管理等,并且透明路由会话管理(session management,SM)消息到会话管理网元。在5G通信中,第二设备40可以是接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)网元,Namf是AMF网元提供的基于服务的接口,AMF网元可以通过Namf与其他的网络功能通信。在未来通信如第6代(6th generation,6G)通信中,第二设备40仍可以是AMF网元,或者有其它名称,本申请对此不作限定。The second device 40 is mainly used for the registration, mobility management, and tracking area update procedures of the terminal device in the mobile network. The second device 40 terminates non-access stratum (NAS) messages, completes registration management, connection management and reachability management, assigns a track area list (TA list), and mobility management, etc., and Transparent routing of session management (SM) messages to session management network elements. In 5G communication, the second device 40 may be an access and mobility management function (AMF) network element, and Namf is a service-based interface provided by the AMF network element, and the AMF network element can communicate with other network elements through Namf. network function communication. In future communications such as 6th generation (6th generation, 6G) communications, the second device 40 may still be an AMF network element, or have other names, which are not limited in this application.
下面以5G通信***为例,结合图2说明本申请实施例适用的一种具体可能的网络架构示意图。具体的,参见图2,图2为本申请实施例适用的一种具体可能的网络架构示意图。该网络结构可以包括上述LMF网元、AMF网元、gNB和终端设备等。Taking a 5G communication system as an example below, a schematic diagram of a specific possible network architecture to which the embodiments of the present application are applied will be described with reference to FIG. 2 . Specifically, referring to FIG. 2 , FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a specific possible network architecture to which this embodiment of the present application is applied. The network structure may include the above-mentioned LMF network element, AMF network element, gNB, terminal equipment, and the like.
其中,NL1接口为AMF网元与LMF网元之间的参考点,N2接口为gNB与AMF网元之间的参考点,用于非接入层(non-access stratum,NAS)消息和下一代应用协议(next generation application protocol,NGAP)消息的发送等,gNB和终端设备通过空中接口通信。其中,空中接口为一个名称,该空中接口可以为接入网设备与终端设备之间的通信接口。比如,在5G中,空中接口称为新空口(new radio,NR)。Among them, the NL1 interface is the reference point between the AMF network element and the LMF network element, and the N2 interface is the reference point between the gNB and the AMF network element, which is used for non-access stratum (NAS) messages and the next generation. Application protocol (next generation application protocol, NGAP) message transmission, etc., gNB and terminal equipment communicate through the air interface. The air interface is a name, and the air interface may be a communication interface between the access network device and the terminal device. For example, in 5G, the air interface is called new radio (NR).
此外,AMF网元也可以采用服务化接口进行交互。比如,AMF网元对外提供的服务化接口可以为Namf。相关描述可以参考标准3GPP TS 23.501中的5G***架构(5G system architecture)图,在此不予赘述。In addition, AMF network elements can also use service interfaces to interact. For example, the service interface provided externally by the AMF network element may be Namf. For related descriptions, please refer to the 5G system architecture diagram in the standard 3GPP TS 23.501, which will not be repeated here.
可以理解的是,上述网元或者功能既可以是硬件设备中的网络元件,也可以是在专用硬件上运行软件功能,或者是平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。上述网元或者功能可划分出一个或多个服务,进一步,还可能会出现独立于网络功能存在的服务。在本申请中,上述功能的实例、或上述功能中包括的服务的实例、或独立于网络功能存在的服务实例均可称为服务实例。It can be understood that the above network elements or functions may be network elements in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or virtualized functions instantiated on a platform (eg, a cloud platform). The above network elements or functions may be divided into one or more services, and further, services that exist independently of network functions may also appear. In this application, an instance of the above-mentioned function, or an instance of a service included in the above-mentioned function, or an instance of a service that exists independently of a network function may be referred to as a service instance.
此外,本申请实施例提供的技术方案可适用于多种***架构。本申请实施例描述的网 络架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。In addition, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application may be applicable to various system architectures. The network architecture and service scenarios described in the embodiments of the present application are for the purpose of illustrating the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application more clearly, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application. The evolution of the architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
可选的,图1中的各网元(例如接入网设备10、终端设备20、第一设备30和第二设备40等)可以由一个设备实现,也可以由多个设备共同实现,还可以是一个设备内的一个功能模块,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。可以理解的是,上述功能既可以是硬件设备中的网络元件,也可以是在专用硬件上运行的软件功能,或者是平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。Optionally, each network element in FIG. 1 (for example, the access network device 10, the terminal device 20, the first device 30, and the second device 40, etc.) may be implemented by one device, or may be implemented jointly by multiple devices, or It may be a functional module in a device, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application. It can be understood that the above functions may be network elements in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or virtualized functions instantiated on a platform (eg, a cloud platform).
例如,图1中的各设备均可以通过图3中的通信装置300来实现。图3所示为可适用于本申请实施例提供的通信装置的硬件结构示意图。该通信装置300包括至少一个处理器301,通信线路302,存储器303以及至少一个通信接口204。For example, each device in FIG. 1 can be implemented by the communication apparatus 300 in FIG. 3 . FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure applicable to the communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application. The communication device 300 includes at least one processor 301 , a communication line 302 , a memory 303 and at least one communication interface 204 .
处理器301可以是一个通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路。The processor 301 can be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more processors for controlling the execution of the programs of the present application. integrated circuit.
通信线路302可包括一通路,在上述组件之间传送信息。The communication line 302 may include a path to communicate information between the aforementioned components.
通信接口204,是任何收发器一类的装置(如天线等),用于与其他设备或通信网络通信,如以太网,RAN,无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)等。The communication interface 204 is any device such as a transceiver (such as an antenna, etc.) for communicating with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, RAN, wireless local area networks (WLAN), and the like.
存储器303可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器可以是独立存在,通过通信线路302与处理器相连接。存储器也可以和处理器集成在一起。本申请实施例提供的存储器通常可以具有非易失性。 Memory 303 may be read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (RAM) or other types of information and instructions It can also be an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disk storage, CD-ROM storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or capable of carrying or storing desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and capable of being executed by a computer Access any other medium without limitation. The memory may exist independently and be connected to the processor through communication line 302 . The memory can also be integrated with the processor. The memory provided by the embodiments of the present application may generally be non-volatile.
其中,存储器303用于存储执行本申请方案的计算机执行指令,并由处理器301来控制执行。处理器301用于执行存储器303中存储的计算机执行指令,从而实现本申请下述实施例提供的方法。The memory 303 is used for storing computer-executed instructions for executing the solution of the present application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 301 . The processor 301 is configured to execute the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 303, thereby implementing the methods provided by the following embodiments of the present application.
可选的,本申请实施例中的计算机执行指令也可以称之为应用程序代码,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the computer-executed instructions in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as application code, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在一种可能的实施方式中,处理器301可以包括一个或多个CPU,例如图3中的CPU0和CPU1。In a possible implementation, the processor 301 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 3 .
在一种可能的实施方式中,通信装置300可以包括多个处理器,例如图3中的处理器301和处理器207。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核(single-CPU)处理器,也可以是一个多核(multi-CPU)处理器。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。In a possible implementation, the communication apparatus 300 may include multiple processors, such as the processor 301 and the processor 207 in FIG. 3 . Each of these processors can be a single-core (single-CPU) processor or a multi-core (multi-CPU) processor. A processor herein may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).
在一种可能的实施方式中,通信装置300还可以包括输出设备205和输入设备206。输出设备205和处理器301通信,可以以多种方式来显示信息。例如,输出设备205可以是液晶显示器(liquid crystal display,LCD),发光二级管(light emitting diode,LED)显示设备,阴极射线管(cathode ray tube,CRT)显示设备,或投影仪(projector)等。输入设备206和处理器301通信,可以以多种方式接收用户的输入。例如,输入设备206可以是鼠标、键盘、触摸屏设备或传感设备等。In a possible implementation, the communication apparatus 300 may further include an output device 205 and an input device 206 . The output device 205 is in communication with the processor 301 and can display information in a variety of ways. For example, the output device 205 may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector (projector) Wait. The input device 206 is in communication with the processor 301 and can receive user input in a variety of ways. For example, the input device 206 may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, a sensor device, or the like.
上述的通信装置300可以是一个通用设备或者是一个专用设备。在具体实现中,通信装置300可以是台式机、便携式电脑、网络服务器、掌上电脑(personal digital assistant,PDA)、移动手机、平板电脑、无线终端设备、嵌入式设备或有图3中类似结构的设备。本申请实施例不限定通信装置300的类型。The above-mentioned communication apparatus 300 may be a general-purpose device or a dedicated device. In a specific implementation, the communication device 300 may be a desktop computer, a portable computer, a network server, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wireless terminal device, an embedded device, or a similar structure in FIG. 3 . equipment. This embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of the communication apparatus 300 .
以下,结合附图,说明本申请实施例提供的技术方案。The technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application are described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
参见图4,图4为本申请实施例提供的一种上行参考信号资源的配置方法的流程示意图。其中,图4中的终端设备为图1中的终端设备20,图4中的接入网设备为图1中的接入网设备10。如图4所示,该方法包括但不限于以下步骤:Referring to FIG. 4 , FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for configuring uplink reference signal resources according to an embodiment of the present application. The terminal device in FIG. 4 is the terminal device 20 in FIG. 1 , and the access network device in FIG. 4 is the access network device 10 in FIG. 1 . As shown in Figure 4, the method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
401、接入网设备向终端设备发送第一配置信息,第一配置信息包括至少一个上行参考信号资源的配置信息。401. The access network device sends first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of at least one uplink reference signal resource.
需要说明的,在本申请中,接入网设备可以为终端设备驻留小区的接入网设备(如,驻留基站),或,终端设备服务小区的接入网设备(如,服务基站),在此不做限定。可以理解的,驻留基站指终端基于小区重选流程[3GPP TS 38.304]选择收取***信息和寻呼但未与终端设备建立连接的基站,服务基站指与终端设备建立连接的基站。It should be noted that, in this application, an access network device may be an access network device (eg, a camping base station) in a cell where the terminal device resides, or an access network device (eg, a serving base station) where the terminal device serves a cell. , which is not limited here. It can be understood that the resident base station refers to the base station that the terminal selects based on the cell reselection process [3GPP TS 38.304] to receive system information and paging but has not established a connection with the terminal equipment, and the serving base station refers to the base station that establishes a connection with the terminal equipment.
其中,上行参考信号资源为上行参考信号配置的最小单元,是一个逻辑概念。定义一个上行参考信号资源的参数包括以下一个或多个参数:时域参数(包括周期资源的周期和周期内的时隙级别偏移、非周期资源相对于激活信令所在时隙的时隙级别偏移、时隙内的OFDM符号索引等)、频域参数(包括带宽、起始资源块RB、跳频配置、频域梳齿配置)、码域参数(加扰序列索引、序列循环移位)、功率控制参数和空间关系参数。一个上行参考信号资源的配置信息可以包括上述定义上行参考信号的参数的配置信息和该上行参考信号资源的资源索引。终端设备可以根据上述定义上行参考信号的参数的配置信息发送上行参考信号,同时资源索引可以用于接入网设备提供测量结果时通知该结果是基于哪个上行参考信号资源测到的。The uplink reference signal resource is the smallest unit of uplink reference signal configuration, which is a logical concept. The parameters that define an uplink reference signal resource include one or more of the following parameters: time domain parameters (including the period of the periodic resource and the time slot level offset within the period, the time slot level of the aperiodic resource relative to the time slot where the activation signaling is located) offset, OFDM symbol index in time slot, etc.), frequency domain parameters (including bandwidth, starting resource block RB, frequency hopping configuration, frequency domain comb tooth configuration), code domain parameters (scrambling sequence index, sequence cyclic shift) ), power control parameters and spatial relationship parameters. The configuration information of an uplink reference signal resource may include the configuration information of the above-mentioned parameters defining the uplink reference signal and a resource index of the uplink reference signal resource. The terminal device can send the uplink reference signal according to the configuration information of the parameters defining the uplink reference signal, and the resource index can be used to inform the access network device on which uplink reference signal resource the result is measured when the measurement result is provided.
在一实施例中,上行参考信号资源的资源索引也可以理解为上行参考信号资源的配置信息的索引,测量结果中包资源索引的索引可以指示该测量结果是基于哪个上行参考信号资源的配置信息所配置的上行参考信号资源得到的。In an embodiment, the resource index of the uplink reference signal resource may also be understood as the index of the configuration information of the uplink reference signal resource, and the index of the packet resource index in the measurement result may indicate which configuration information of the uplink reference signal resource the measurement result is based on. The configured uplink reference signal resources are obtained.
在一实施例中,关于定义上行参考信号资源的上述时域参数、频域参数、码域参数、功率控制参数和空间关系参数,可以参考3GPP TS 38.211以及3GPP TS 38.331,在此不加赘述。In one embodiment, for the above-mentioned time domain parameters, frequency domain parameters, code domain parameters, power control parameters and spatial relationship parameters that define the uplink reference signal resources, reference may be made to 3GPP TS 38.211 and 3GPP TS 38.331, which will not be repeated here.
其中,序列循环移位也可以包括在上行参考信号资源的频域梳齿配置信息中。上行参考信号资源的频域梳齿配置信息可以用于确定上行参考信号资源上用于发送上行参考信号 序列的资源元素(resource element,RE)。Wherein, the sequence cyclic shift may also be included in the frequency domain comb configuration information of the uplink reference signal resource. The frequency-domain comb configuration information of the uplink reference signal resource may be used to determine a resource element (resource element, RE) on the uplink reference signal resource for sending the uplink reference signal sequence.
在一实施例中,一个上行参考信号资源可以理解为一个上行参考信号资源的配置信息所配置的一个上行参考信号资源。示例性的,若,上行参考信号资源的周期为20毫秒(ms)(30千赫兹(kHz)子载波间隔下为40个时隙),该周期内配置有48个上行参考信号资源,周期内的时隙偏移均为7,即48个上行参考信号资源分别在时隙7、47、87上。每个上行参考信号资源均占用时隙中符号12和13,48个上行参考信号资源中的一个上行参考信号资源对应4个梳齿乘以12个循环移位中的一个。In an embodiment, one uplink reference signal resource may be understood as one uplink reference signal resource configured by the configuration information of one uplink reference signal resource. Exemplarily, if the period of the uplink reference signal resource is 20 milliseconds (ms) (40 time slots at a 30 kilohertz (kHz) subcarrier interval), 48 uplink reference signal resources are configured in this period, and within the period The time slot offsets are all 7, that is, the 48 uplink reference signal resources are on time slots 7, 47, and 87, respectively. Each uplink reference signal resource occupies symbols 12 and 13 in the time slot, and one uplink reference signal resource in the 48 uplink reference signal resources corresponds to one of 4 comb teeth multiplied by 12 cyclic shifts.
可选的,第一配置信息包括至少一个上行参考信号资源的配置信息。在一实施例中,第一配置信息包括至少一个上行参考信号资源集的配置信息,该至少一个上行参考信号资源集中的每个上行参考信号资源集包括至少一个上行参考信号资源。Optionally, the first configuration information includes configuration information of at least one uplink reference signal resource. In an embodiment, the first configuration information includes configuration information of at least one uplink reference signal resource set, and each uplink reference signal resource set in the at least one uplink reference signal resource set includes at least one uplink reference signal resource.
示例性的,第一配置信息包括两个上行参考信号资源集的配置信息,两个上行参考信号资源集中的每个上行参考信号资源集包括三个上行参考信号资源。Exemplarily, the first configuration information includes configuration information of two uplink reference signal resource sets, and each uplink reference signal resource set in the two uplink reference signal resource sets includes three uplink reference signal resources.
在一实施例中,上行参考信号是可用于定位的参考信号。例如,上行参考信号可以为探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)。可以理解的是,上行参考信号还可以是SRS以外的其它参考信号,本申请不限定。In one embodiment, the uplink reference signal is a reference signal that can be used for positioning. For example, the uplink reference signal may be a sounding reference signal (sounding reference signal, SRS). It can be understood that the uplink reference signal may also be other reference signals other than the SRS, which is not limited in this application.
可选的,接入网设备向终端设备发送第一配置信息,包括:接入网设备向终端设备发送第一消息或第一释放消息或第一***信息,第一消息或第一释放消息或第一***信息包括第一配置信息。Optionally, the access network device sending the first configuration information to the terminal device includes: the access network device sending the first message or the first release message or the first system information to the terminal device, the first message or the first release message or the The first system information includes first configuration information.
其中,第一消息例如可以为第一RRC重新配置(Reconfiguration)消息。该第一RRC Reconfiguration消息可以包括用于指示终端设备进入RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态后保留第一配置信息的指示信息。The first message may be, for example, a first RRC reconfiguration (Reconfiguration) message. The first RRC Reconfiguration message may include indication information for instructing the terminal device to retain the first configuration information after entering the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state.
其中,第一释放消息可以为第一RRC释放消息。该第一RRC释放消息可以包括用于指示终端设备进入RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态后保留第一配置信息的指示信息。The first release message may be the first RRC release message. The first RRC release message may include indication information for instructing the terminal device to retain the first configuration information after entering the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state.
示例性的,第一***信息例如可以为***信息块(system information block type1,SIB1)或者除SIB1之外的其他***信息。其中,除SIB1之外的其他***信息为其他***信息(other system information,OSI)。Exemplarily, the first system information may be, for example, a system information block (system information block type1, SIB1) or other system information other than SIB1. Among them, other system information other than SIB1 is other system information (other system information, OSI).
其中,OSI可以参考3GPP TS 38.331,在此不加赘述。Among them, OSI can refer to 3GPP TS 38.331, which will not be repeated here.
其中,接入网设备向终端设备发送第一消息,可以理解为,接入网设备向处于RRC连接态的终端设备发送第一消息。The fact that the access network device sends the first message to the terminal device can be understood as that the access network device sends the first message to the terminal device in the RRC connection state.
其中,接入网设备向终端设备发送第一释放消息,可以理解为,接入网设备向处于RRC连接态的终端设备发送第一释放消息;接入网设备向终端设备发送第一***信息,可以理解为,接入网设备向处于RRC连接态或RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备发送第一***信息。Wherein, when the access network device sends the first release message to the terminal device, it can be understood that the access network device sends the first release message to the terminal device in the RRC connection state; the access network device sends the first system information to the terminal device, It can be understood that the access network device sends the first system information to the terminal device in the RRC connected state or the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state.
可选的,若接入网设备向处于RRC连接态的终端设备发送第一***信息,则第一***信息可以包括用于指示终端设备进入RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态后保留第一配置信息的指示信息,在此不做限定。Optionally, if the access network device sends the first system information to the terminal device in the RRC connected state, the first system information may include information for instructing the terminal device to retain the first configuration information after entering the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state. The indication information is not limited here.
可选的,第一配置信息携带在接入网设备发送的第一消息或第一释放消息或第一*** 信息。Optionally, the first configuration information is carried in the first message or the first release message or the first system information sent by the access network device.
402、终端设备向接入网设备指示终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源。402. The terminal device indicates to the access network device that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource.
其中,第一资源为至少一个上行参考信号资源中的上行参考信号资源。The first resource is an uplink reference signal resource in the at least one uplink reference signal resource.
可选的,第一资源可以为至少一个上行参考信号资源中的任意一个上行参考信号资源。终端设备可以在上述至少一个上行参考信号资源中随机选择第一资源,也可以根据其预设的规则选择第一资源,本申请不做限定。Optionally, the first resource may be any one of the at least one uplink reference signal resource. The terminal device may randomly select the first resource from the at least one uplink reference signal resource, or may select the first resource according to its preset rule, which is not limited in this application.
其中,第一资源的参数可以包括以下一个或多个参数:时域参数(包括周期资源的周期和周期内的时隙级别偏移、非周期资源相对于激活信令所在时隙的时隙级别偏移、时隙内的OFDM符号索引等)、频域参数(包括带宽、起始资源块RB、跳频配置、频域梳齿配置)、码域参数(加扰序列索引、序列循环移位)、功率控制参数和空间关系参数。The parameters of the first resource may include one or more of the following parameters: time domain parameters (including the period of the periodic resource and the time slot level offset within the period, the time slot level of the aperiodic resource relative to the time slot where the activation signaling is located) offset, OFDM symbol index in time slot, etc.), frequency domain parameters (including bandwidth, starting resource block RB, frequency hopping configuration, frequency domain comb tooth configuration), code domain parameters (scrambling sequence index, sequence cyclic shift) ), power control parameters and spatial relationship parameters.
可以理解的,例如,当存在多个上行参考信号资源的配置信息时,终端设备可以从多个上行参考信号资源中随机选择一个作为第一资源,向接入网设备指示其希望(或请求)使用/将使用第一资源来发送上行参考信号。It can be understood that, for example, when there is configuration information of multiple uplink reference signal resources, the terminal device can randomly select one of the multiple uplink reference signal resources as the first resource, and indicate its desire (or request) to the access network device. The uplink reference signal is/will be sent using the first resource.
需要说明的,在步骤401中,终端设备可以为处于RRC连接态或RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备。在步骤402中,终端设备为处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备。It should be noted that in step 401, the terminal device may be a terminal device in an RRC connected state, an RRC idle state, or an RRC inactive state. In step 402, the terminal equipment is a terminal equipment in an RRC idle state or an RRC inactive state.
示例性的,若在步骤401中,终端设备为处于RRC连接态的终端设备,当处于RRC连接态的终端设备接收来自接入网设备的第一释放消息时,终端设备可以从RRC连接态进入RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态。此时,在步骤402中,终端设备为处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备。可以理解的,若在步骤401中,终端设备为处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备,处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备可以接收来自接入网设备的第一***信息。Exemplarily, if in step 401, the terminal device is a terminal device in the RRC connected state, when the terminal device in the RRC connected state receives the first release message from the access network device, the terminal device can enter from the RRC connected state. RRC idle state or RRC inactive state. At this time, in step 402, the terminal equipment is a terminal equipment in an RRC idle state or an RRC inactive state. It can be understood that, if in step 401, the terminal device is a terminal device in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, the terminal device in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state can receive the first system information from the access network device. .
另外,在步骤402之后,终端设备还可以在第一资源上发送上行参考信号。In addition, after step 402, the terminal device may also send an uplink reference signal on the first resource.
可以看出,上述技术方案中,通过将至少一个上行参考信号资源的配置信息下发给终端设备,使得处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备可以根据至少一个上行参考信号资源的配置信息,确定处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备所使用的上行参考信号资源,并向接入网设备指示处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备所使用的上行参考信号资源,从而可以适用于为处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备配置资源。同时,避免了终端设备需要进入RRC连接态获取资源时导致的能耗高的问题,也实现了终端设备自主选择资源。It can be seen that, in the above technical solution, by sending the configuration information of at least one uplink reference signal resource to the terminal equipment, the terminal equipment in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state can be based on the configuration information of at least one uplink reference signal resource. , determine the uplink reference signal resources used by the terminal equipment in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, and indicate to the access network equipment the uplink reference signal resources used by the terminal equipment in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, thereby It can be applied to configure resources for terminal equipment in RRC idle state or RRC inactive state. At the same time, the problem of high energy consumption caused when the terminal device needs to enter the RRC connection state to obtain resources is avoided, and the terminal device can independently select resources.
可选的,该方法还包括:终端设备接收接入网设备发送的第二配置信息,第二配置信息包括至少一个第二资源的配置信息,第三资源为至少一个第二资源中的一个第二资源,第一资源与第三资源关联,终端设备向接入网设备指示终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源,包括:终端设备通过第三资源发送上行物理信道,第三资源指示终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源。Optionally, the method further includes: the terminal device receives second configuration information sent by the access network device, the second configuration information includes configuration information of at least one second resource, and the third resource is one of the at least one second resource. Second resource, the first resource is associated with the third resource, and the terminal device indicates to the access network device that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, including: the terminal device sends an uplink physical channel through the third resource, and the third resource indicates the terminal device. The resource used is the first resource.
可选的,第二配置信息包括以下至少一种:随机接入信道(random access channel,RACH)的配置周期、物理随机接入信道(physical random access channel,PRACH)格式 的配置信息、至少一个随机接入机会(RACH occasion)的配置信息和每个随机接入机会上关联的前导码的配置信息(例如,前导码的数量和/或前导码的索引信息);或,第二配置信息包括物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)格式的配置信息、PUCCH占用时隙内符号的配置信息、PUCCH占用起始RB的配置信息和循环移位的配置信息。Optionally, the second configuration information includes at least one of the following: a configuration period of a random access channel (random access channel, RACH), configuration information in a physical random access channel (physical random access channel, PRACH) format, at least one random access channel. The configuration information of the access opportunity (RACH occasion) and the configuration information of the preamble associated with each random access opportunity (for example, the number of preambles and/or the index information of the preamble); or, the second configuration information includes physical The configuration information of the uplink control channel (physical uplink control channel, PUCCH) format, the configuration information of the symbols in the time slot occupied by the PUCCH, the configuration information of the initial RB occupied by the PUCCH, and the configuration information of the cyclic shift.
其中,PRACH格式,具体可以参考3GPP TS 38.211,在此不加赘述。Among them, for the PRACH format, please refer to 3GPP TS 38.211 for details, which will not be repeated here.
其中,PUCCH格式可以为PUCCH格式0或PUCCH格式1,在此不做限定。The PUCCH format may be PUCCH format 0 or PUCCH format 1, which is not limited herein.
可选的,第二资源和第三资源均可以为PRACH资源,或,第二资源和第三资源均可以为PUCCH资源。可以理解的,PRACH资源包括以下至少一种:一个随机接入机会和前导码。前导码可以为一个或多个前导码,在此不做限制。Optionally, both the second resource and the third resource may be PRACH resources, or both the second resource and the third resource may be PUCCH resources. It can be understood that the PRACH resource includes at least one of the following: a random access opportunity and a preamble. The preamble can be one or more preambles, which is not limited here.
可选的,若至少一个第二资源均为PRACH资源,则至少一个上行参考信号资源中的每个上行参考信号资源可以与至少一个第二资源中的一个或者多个第二资源关联。每个上行参考信号资源关联的可以与一个或多个随机接入机会,或,至少一个上行参考信号资源中的每个上行参考信号资源可以与一个或多个前导码关联,或,至少一个上行参考信号资源中的每个上行参考信号资源可以与一个或多个由随机接入机会和前导码构成的组合关联,在此不做限定。另外,至少一个第二资源中每个第二资源包括的至少一个随机接入机会可以与同步信号块(synchronization signals block,SSB)关联或不关联,在此不做限制。上述上行参考信号资源与PRACH资源之间的关联关系可以是预定义的,也可以是基于预设的规则确定的,还可以是由接入网设备配置的,本申请不做限定。Optionally, if the at least one second resource is a PRACH resource, each uplink reference signal resource in the at least one uplink reference signal resource may be associated with one or more second resources in the at least one second resource. Each uplink reference signal resource may be associated with one or more random access opportunities, or, each uplink reference signal resource in at least one uplink reference signal resource may be associated with one or more preambles, or, at least one uplink Each uplink reference signal resource in the reference signal resources may be associated with one or more combinations consisting of a random access opportunity and a preamble, which is not limited herein. In addition, at least one random access opportunity included in each second resource in the at least one second resource may or may not be associated with a synchronization signal block (synchronization signals block, SSB), which is not limited herein. The association relationship between the above-mentioned uplink reference signal resources and PRACH resources may be predefined, may also be determined based on preset rules, or may be configured by access network equipment, which is not limited in this application.
在一实施例中,终端设备可以根据上行参考信号资源与第二资源之间的关联关系以及确定要指示的第一资源,确定在第三资源。In an embodiment, the terminal device may determine the third resource according to the association relationship between the uplink reference signal resource and the second resource and determining the first resource to be indicated.
可选的,若第三资源为PRACH资源,第一资源可以与第三资源包括的至少一个随机接入机会关联,或,第一资源可以与第三资源包括的前导码关联,或,第一资源可以与第三资源包括的至少一个随机接入机会和前导码关联,在此不做限制。另外,第三资源包括的至少一个随机接入机会还可以与同步信号块(synchronization signals block,SSB)关联或不关联,在此不做限制。Optionally, if the third resource is a PRACH resource, the first resource may be associated with at least one random access opportunity included in the third resource, or the first resource may be associated with a preamble included in the third resource, or the first resource may be associated with a preamble included in the third resource. The resource may be associated with at least one random access opportunity and a preamble included in the third resource, which is not limited herein. In addition, the at least one random access opportunity included in the third resource may also be associated or not associated with a synchronization signal block (synchronization signals block, SSB), which is not limited herein.
其中,终端设备可以从第三资源包括的至少一个随机接入机会中随机确定随机接入机会,或,按照预设规则确定随机接入机会,或按照接入网设备的配置进行确定随机接入机会,在此不做限制。The terminal device may randomly determine the random access opportunity from at least one random access opportunity included in the third resource, or determine the random access opportunity according to a preset rule, or determine the random access opportunity according to the configuration of the access network device Opportunities are not limited here.
可选的,终端设备接收接入网设备发送的第二配置信息,包括:终端设备接收接入网设备发送的第二消息或第二释放消息或第二***信息,第二消息或第二释放消息或第二***信息包括第二配置信息。Optionally, the terminal device receives the second configuration information sent by the access network device, including: the terminal device receives the second message or the second release message or the second system information sent by the access network device, the second message or the second release message. The message or second system information includes second configuration information.
其中,第二消息例如可以为第二RRC重新配置(Reconfiguration)消息。该第二RRC Reconfiguration消息可以包括用于指示终端设备进入RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态后保留第二配置信息的指示信息。The second message may be, for example, a second RRC reconfiguration (Reconfiguration) message. The second RRC Reconfiguration message may include indication information for instructing the terminal device to retain the second configuration information after entering the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state.
其中,第二释放消息可以为第二RRC释放消息。该第二RRC释放消息可以包括用于指示终端设备进入RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态后保留第二配置信息的指示信息。The second release message may be a second RRC release message. The second RRC release message may include indication information for instructing the terminal device to retain the second configuration information after entering the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state.
示例性的,第二***信息例如可以为SIB1或者除SIB1之外的其他***信息。Exemplarily, the second system information may be, for example, SIB1 or other system information other than SIB1.
其中,接入网设备向终端设备发送第二消息,可以理解为,接入网设备向处于RRC连接态的终端设备发送第二消息。The sending of the second message by the access network device to the terminal device may be understood as that the access network device sends the second message to the terminal device in the RRC connection state.
其中,终端设备接收接入网设备发送第二释放消息,可以理解为,处于RRC连接态的终端设备接收接入网设备发送的第二释放消息;终端设备接收接入网设备发送的第二***信息,可以理解为,处于RRC连接态或RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备接收接入网设备发送的第二***信息。Wherein, when the terminal device receives the second release message sent by the access network device, it can be understood that the terminal device in the RRC connection state receives the second release message sent by the access network device; the terminal device receives the second release message sent by the access network device. information, it can be understood that the terminal device in the RRC connected state or the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state receives the second system information sent by the access network device.
可选的,若接入网设备向处于RRC连接态的终端设备发送第二***信息,则第二***信息可以包括用于指示终端设备进入RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态后保留第二配置信息的指示信息,在此不做限定。Optionally, if the access network device sends the second system information to the terminal device in the RRC connected state, the second system information may include the second system information used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state to retain the second configuration information. The indication information is not limited here.
可选的,第二配置信息携带在接入网设备发送的第二消息或第二释放消息或第二***信息。Optionally, the second configuration information is carried in the second message or the second release message or the second system information sent by the access network device.
需要说明的,在本申请中,第一消息和第二消息可以为同一消息,或不同消息,在此不做限制。第一释放消息和第二释放消息可以为同一消息,或不同消息,在此不做限制。第一***信息和第二***信息可以为同一***信息,或不同的***信息,在此不做限制。It should be noted that, in this application, the first message and the second message may be the same message or different messages, which are not limited herein. The first release message and the second release message may be the same message or different messages, which are not limited herein. The first system information and the second system information may be the same system information or different system information, which is not limited herein.
可选的,终端设备通过第三资源发送上行物理信道,可以理解为,处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备通过第三资源发送上行物理信道。Optionally, when the terminal device sends the uplink physical channel through the third resource, it can be understood that the terminal device in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state sends the uplink physical channel through the third resource.
其中,上行物理信道可以为PRACH或PUCCH。The uplink physical channel may be PRACH or PUCCH.
可以看出,上述技术方案中,通过采用与第一资源关联的第三资源发送上行物理信道,使得接入网设备根据接收到的上行物理信道所在的资源,以及上行物理信道的资源与上行参考信号资源之间的关联关系,获知终端设备使用的资源为第一资源,从而避免了后续耗费资源对上行参考信号资源进行盲检,从而节省了资源。It can be seen that, in the above technical solution, by using the third resource associated with the first resource to send the uplink physical channel, the access network device can make the access network equipment according to the received resource of the uplink physical channel, and the resource of the uplink physical channel and the uplink reference The relationship between the signal resources, it is known that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, thereby avoiding the subsequent blind detection of the uplink reference signal resource that consumes resources, thereby saving resources.
可选的,该方法还包括:终端设备接收接入网设备发送的第三配置信息,第三配置信息包括至少一个第四资源的配置信息,第一资源与至少一个第四资源中一个第四资源关联,或,第三资源与至少一个第四资源中一个第四资源关联;终端设备通过与第一资源关联的第四资源,向接入网设备发送终端设备的标识;或,终端设备通过与第三资源关联的第四资源,向接入网设备发送终端设备的标识。Optionally, the method further includes: the terminal device receives third configuration information sent by the access network device, where the third configuration information includes configuration information of at least one fourth resource, and one of the first resource and the at least one fourth resource is a fourth resource. Resource association, or, the third resource is associated with one fourth resource in the at least one fourth resource; the terminal device sends the identification of the terminal device to the access network device through the fourth resource associated with the first resource; or, the terminal device passes The fourth resource associated with the third resource sends the identification of the terminal device to the access network device.
可选的,第四资源可以为物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)资源。例如,第四资源可以是配置授权PUSCH(Configured-grant PUSCH)资源或者预配置上行资源(preconfigured uplink resource,PUR)。Optionally, the fourth resource may be a physical uplink shared channel (physical uplink shared channel, PUSCH) resource. For example, the fourth resource may be a Configured-grant PUSCH (Configured-grant PUSCH) resource or a preconfigured uplink resource (preconfigured uplink resource, PUR).
其中,终端设备通过与第一资源关联的第四资源,向接入网设备发送终端设备的标识,可以理解为,终端设备使用与第一资源关联的第四资源,向接入网设备发送携带终端设备的标识的消息。终端设备通过与第三资源关联的第四资源,向接入网设备发送终端设备的标识,可以理解为:终端设备使用与第三资源关联的第四资源,向接入网设备发送携带终端设备的标识的消息。The terminal device sends the identification of the terminal device to the access network device through the fourth resource associated with the first resource. It can be understood that the terminal device uses the fourth resource associated with the first resource to send the identification of the terminal device to the access network device A message that identifies the terminal device. The terminal device sends the identification of the terminal device to the access network device through the fourth resource associated with the third resource, which can be understood as: the terminal device uses the fourth resource associated with the third resource to send the access network device carrying the terminal device The identified message.
可选的,第三配置信息包括以下一个或多个:跳频、解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)配置、调制与编码策略(modulation and coding scheme,MCS)表格配置、是否可以携带上行控制信息(uplink control information,UCI)、频域资源分配类型、资源块组(resource block group,RBG)的大小、开环功控状态选择、功控p0参数、DFT-s-OFDM 功能开启、混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat quest,HARQ)进程个数、重复次数以及重复下的rv、周期、定时器、时隙偏移、时隙内符号索引、频域资源、天线端口、DMRS加扰序列索引、预编码以及流数指示、SRS资源指示、MCS以及传输块大小(transport block size,TBS)指示、跳频偏移和路损参考信号。Optionally, the third configuration information includes one or more of the following: frequency hopping, demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS) configuration, modulation and coding strategy (modulation and coding scheme, MCS) table configuration, whether the uplink can be carried Control information (uplink control information, UCI), frequency domain resource allocation type, resource block group (RBG) size, open-loop power control state selection, power control p0 parameter, DFT-s-OFDM function enable, mixed Automatic repeat request (hybrid automatic repeat quest, HARQ) process number, number of repetitions and rv, period, timer, slot offset, symbol index in slot, frequency domain resource, antenna port, DMRS scrambling under repetition Sequence index, precoding and stream number indication, SRS resource indication, MCS and transport block size (transport block size, TBS) indication, frequency hopping offset and path loss reference signal.
示例性的,第三配置信息的IE(用于配置configured-granted PUSCH资源,具体可以参考标准3GPP TS 38.331)例如可以为:Exemplarily, the IE of the third configuration information (for configuring configured-granted PUSCH resources, for example, refer to the standard 3GPP TS 38.331) may be:
Figure PCTCN2020141360-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2020141360-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2020141360-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2020141360-appb-000002
可选的,若第三资源为PRACH资源,第三资源包括的至少一个随机接入机会可以与至少一个第四资源中一个第四资源关联,或,第三资源包括的前导码可以与至少一个第四资源中一个第四资源关联,或,第三资源包括的至少一个随机接入机会和前导码分别与至少一个第四资源中一个第四资源关联。第三资源与第四资源之间的关联关系可以是预定义的,也可以是基于预设的规则确定的,还可以是由接入网设备配置的,本申请不做限定。Optionally, if the third resource is a PRACH resource, at least one random access opportunity included in the third resource may be associated with a fourth resource in the at least one fourth resource, or the preamble included in the third resource may be associated with at least one of the fourth resources. One of the fourth resources is associated with one fourth resource, or the at least one random access opportunity and the preamble included in the third resource are respectively associated with one of the at least one fourth resource. The association relationship between the third resource and the fourth resource may be predefined, may also be determined based on a preset rule, or may be configured by an access network device, which is not limited in this application.
其中,终端设备的标识可以包括以下一种:用户永久标识(subscription permanent identifier,SUPI)、永久设备标识符(permanent equipment identifier,PEI)、通用公共用户标识(generic public subscription identifier,GPSI)、位置服务关联标识(LCS Correlation ID)、订阅标识(subscription ID)和路由标识(routing ID)。Wherein, the identifier of the terminal device may include one of the following: a user permanent identifier (subscription permanent identifier, SUPI), a permanent equipment identifier (permanent equipment identifier, PEI), a general public user identifier (generic public subscription identifier, GPSI), location service Correlation ID (LCS Correlation ID), subscription ID (subscription ID) and routing ID (routing ID).
其中,关于用户永久标识、永久设备标识符、通用公共用户标识、位置服务关联标识、订阅标识和路由标识,可以参考标准3GPP TS23.003,在此不加赘述。Among them, regarding the user permanent identification, permanent equipment identifier, general public user identification, location service association identification, subscription identification and routing identification, reference can be made to the standard 3GPP TS23.003, which will not be repeated here.
可选的,终端设备接收接入网设备发送的第三配置信息,包括:终端设备接收接入网设备发送的第三消息或第三释放消息或第三***信息,第三消息或第三释放消息或第三***信息包括第三配置信息。Optionally, the terminal device receives the third configuration information sent by the access network device, including: the terminal device receives the third message or the third release message or the third system information sent by the access network device, the third message or the third release message. The message or third system information includes third configuration information.
其中,第三消息例如可以为第三RRC重新配置(Reconfiguration)消息。该第三RRC Reconfiguration消息可以包括用于指示终端设备进入RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态后保留第三配置信息的指示信息。The third message may be, for example, a third RRC reconfiguration (Reconfiguration) message. The third RRC Reconfiguration message may include indication information for instructing the terminal device to retain the third configuration information after entering the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state.
其中,第三释放消息可以为第三RRC释放消息。该第三RRC释放消息可以包括用于 指示终端设备进入RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态后保留第三配置信息的指示信息。The third release message may be a third RRC release message. The third RRC release message may include indication information for instructing the terminal device to retain the third configuration information after entering the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state.
示例性的,第三***信息例如可以为SIB1或者除SIB1之外的其他***信息。Exemplarily, the third system information may be, for example, SIB1 or other system information other than SIB1.
其中,接入网设备向终端设备发送第三消息,可以理解为,接入网设备向处于RRC连接态的终端设备发送第三消息。The sending of the third message by the access network device to the terminal device may be understood as that the access network device sends the third message to the terminal device in the RRC connection state.
其中,终端设备接收接入网设备发送第三释放消息,可以理解为,处于RRC连接态的终端设备接收接入网设备发送的第三释放消息;终端设备接收接入网设备发送的第三***信息,可以理解为,处于RRC连接态或RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备接收接入网设备发送的第三***信息。The terminal device receives the third release message sent by the access network device, which can be understood as the terminal device in the RRC connection state receives the third release message sent by the access network device; the terminal device receives the third system sent by the access network device. information, it can be understood that the terminal device in the RRC connected state or the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state receives the third system information sent by the access network device.
可选的,若接入网设备向处于RRC连接态的终端设备发送第三***信息,则第三***信息可以包括用于指示终端设备进入RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态后保留第三配置信息的指示信息,在此不做限定。Optionally, if the access network device sends the third system information to the terminal device in the RRC connected state, the third system information may include the third system information used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state to retain the third configuration information. The indication information is not limited here.
可选的,第三配置信息携带在接入网设备发送的第三消息或第三释放消息或第三***信息。Optionally, the third configuration information is carried in the third message or the third release message or the third system information sent by the access network device.
需要说明的,在本申请中,第一消息、第二消息和第三消息可以为同一消息,或不同消息;或,第三消息和第一消息可以为同一消息;或,第三消息和第二消息可以为同一消息,在此不做限制。第一释放消息、第二释放消息和第三释放消息可以为同一消息,或不同消息;或,第三释放消息和第一释放消息可以为同一消息;或,第三释放消息和第二释放消息可以为同一消息,在此不做限制。第一***信息、第二***信息和第三***信息可以为同一***信息,或不同的***信息;或,第三***信息和第一***信息可以为同一***信息;或,第三***信息和第二***信息可以为同一***信息,在此不做限制。It should be noted that in this application, the first message, the second message and the third message may be the same message or different messages; or, the third message and the first message may be the same message; or, the third message and the third message may be the same message. The two messages can be the same message, which is not limited here. The first release message, the second release message and the third release message may be the same message, or different messages; or, the third release message and the first release message may be the same message; or, the third release message and the second release message It can be the same message, which is not limited here. The first system information, the second system information and the third system information may be the same system information, or different system information; or, the third system information and the first system information may be the same system information; or, the third system information and The second system information may be the same system information, which is not limited here.
可选的,第一配置信息携带在接入网设备发送的第三消息或第三释放消息或第三***信息。Optionally, the first configuration information is carried in the third message or the third release message or the third system information sent by the access network device.
可以看出,上述技术方案中,通过与第一资源关联的第四资源,向接入网设备发送终端设备的标识;或,通过与第三资源关联的第四资源,向接入网设备发送终端设备的标识,使得接入网设备获知使用第一资源的终端设备的标识。It can be seen that, in the above technical solution, the identifier of the terminal device is sent to the access network device through the fourth resource associated with the first resource; or, the identifier of the terminal device is sent to the access network device through the fourth resource associated with the third resource The identifier of the terminal device enables the access network device to know the identifier of the terminal device using the first resource.
可选的,该方法还包括:终端设备接收接入网设备发送的第四配置信息,第四配置信息包括至少一个第五资源的配置信息,第六资源为至少一个第五资源中的一个第五资源;终端设备向接入网设备指示终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源,包括:通过第六资源,终端设备向接入网设备发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源。Optionally, the method further includes: the terminal device receives fourth configuration information sent by the access network device, the fourth configuration information includes configuration information of at least one fifth resource, and the sixth resource is one of the at least one fifth resource. Five resources; the terminal device indicates to the access network device that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, including: through the sixth resource, the terminal device sends first indication information to the access network device, and the first indication information is used to indicate the terminal The resource used by the device is the first resource.
可选的,第四配置信息与第三配置信息可以具有相同的参数,但是具体的参数值可以不同也可以相同,在此不加赘述。Optionally, the fourth configuration information and the third configuration information may have the same parameters, but the specific parameter values may be different or the same, which will not be repeated here.
可选的,第五资源和第六资源均可以为PUSCH资源。Optionally, both the fifth resource and the sixth resource may be PUSCH resources.
可选的,终端设备接收接入网设备发送的第四配置信息,包括:终端设备接收接入网设备发送的第四消息或第四释放消息或第四***信息,第四消息或第四释放消息或第四***信息包括第四配置信息。Optionally, the terminal device receives the fourth configuration information sent by the access network device, including: the terminal device receives the fourth message or the fourth release message or the fourth system information sent by the access network device, the fourth message or the fourth release The message or fourth system information includes fourth configuration information.
其中,第四消息例如可以为第四RRC重新配置(Reconfiguration)消息。该第四RRC Reconfiguration消息可以包括用于指示终端设备进入RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态后保留 第四配置信息的指示信息。The fourth message may be, for example, a fourth RRC reconfiguration (Reconfiguration) message. The fourth RRC Reconfiguration message may include indication information for instructing the terminal device to retain the fourth configuration information after entering the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state.
其中,第四释放消息可以为第四RRC释放消息。该第四RRC释放消息可以包括用于指示终端设备进入RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态后保留第四配置信息的指示信息。The fourth release message may be a fourth RRC release message. The fourth RRC release message may include indication information for instructing the terminal device to retain the fourth configuration information after entering the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state.
示例性的,第四***信息例如可以为SIB1或者除SIB1之外的其他***信息。Exemplarily, the fourth system information may be, for example, SIB1 or other system information other than SIB1.
其中,接入网设备向终端设备发送第四消息,可以理解为,接入网设备向处于RRC连接态的终端设备发送第四消息。The sending of the fourth message by the access network device to the terminal device may be understood as that the access network device sends the fourth message to the terminal device in the RRC connection state.
其中,终端设备接收接入网设备发送第四释放消息,可以理解为,处于RRC连接态的终端设备接收接入网设备发送的第四释放消息;终端设备接收接入网设备发送的第四***信息,可以理解为,处于RRC连接态或RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备接收接入网设备发送的第四***信息。Wherein, when the terminal device receives the fourth release message sent by the access network device, it can be understood that the terminal device in the RRC connection state receives the fourth release message sent by the access network device; the terminal device receives the fourth release message sent by the access network device. information, it can be understood that the terminal device in the RRC connected state or the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state receives the fourth system information sent by the access network device.
可选的,若接入网设备向处于RRC连接态的终端设备发送第四***信息,则第四***信息可以包括用于指示终端设备进入RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态后保留第四配置信息的指示信息,在此不做限定。Optionally, if the access network device sends the fourth system information to the terminal device in the RRC connected state, the fourth system information may include the fourth system information used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state to retain the fourth configuration information. The indication information is not limited here.
可选的,第四配置信息携带在接入网设备发送的第四消息或第四释放消息或第四***信息。Optionally, the fourth configuration information is carried in the fourth message or the fourth release message or the fourth system information sent by the access network device.
需要说明的,在本申请中,第一消息、第二消息、第三消息和第四消息可以为同一消息,或不同消息;或,第四消息和第一消息可以为同一消息;或,第四消息和第二消息可以为同一消息;或,第四消息和第三消息可以为同一消息,在此不做限制。第一释放消息、第二释放消息、第三释放消息和第四释放消息可以为同一消息,或不同消息;或,第四释放消息和第一释放消息可以为同一消息;或,第四释放消息和第二释放消息可以为同一消息;或,第四释放消息和第三释放消息可以为同一消息,在此不做限制。第一***信息、第二***信息、第三***信息和第四***信息可以为同一***信息,或不同的***信息;或,第四***信息和第一***信息可以为同一***信息;或,第四***信息和第二***信息可以为同一***信息;或,第四***信息和第三***信息可以为同一***信息,在此不做限制。It should be noted that in this application, the first message, the second message, the third message and the fourth message may be the same message or different messages; or, the fourth message and the first message may be the same message; The fourth message and the second message may be the same message; or, the fourth message and the third message may be the same message, which is not limited herein. The first release message, the second release message, the third release message and the fourth release message may be the same message, or different messages; or, the fourth release message and the first release message may be the same message; or, the fourth release message and the second release message may be the same message; or, the fourth release message and the third release message may be the same message, which is not limited herein. The first system information, the second system information, the third system information and the fourth system information may be the same system information, or different system information; or, the fourth system information and the first system information may be the same system information; or, The fourth system information and the second system information may be the same system information; or, the fourth system information and the third system information may be the same system information, which is not limited herein.
可选的,通过第六资源,终端设备向接入网设备发送第一指示信息,可以理解为:通过第六资源,处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备向接入网设备发送第一指示信息。Optionally, through the sixth resource, the terminal device sends the first indication information to the access network device, which can be understood as: through the sixth resource, the terminal device in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state sends the first indication information to the access network device. an instruction message.
其中,第一指示信息可以为第一资源的索引或标识信息。The first indication information may be index or identification information of the first resource.
可选的,第一指示信息包含于媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)控制单元(control element,CE)信令或恢复请求消息。Optionally, the first indication information is included in a media access control (media access control, MAC) control element (control element, CE) signaling or a recovery request message.
其中,恢复请求消息可以为RRC恢复请求(resume request)消息,在此不做限制。The resume request message may be an RRC resume request (resume request) message, which is not limited herein.
可选的,通过第六资源,处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备向接入网设备发送第一指示信息,包括:通过第六资源,处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备向接入网设备发送MAC CE信令或恢复请求消息,MAC CE信令或恢复请求消息包括第一指示信息。Optionally, through the sixth resource, the terminal device in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state sends the first indication information to the access network device, including: through the sixth resource, the terminal device in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state The device sends MAC CE signaling or a recovery request message to the access network device, where the MAC CE signaling or recovery request message includes the first indication information.
可以看出,上述技术方案中,通过第六资源,向接入网设备发送第一指示信息,使得接入网设备获知终端设备使用的资源为第一资源,从而避免了后续耗费资源对上行参考信 号资源进行盲检,从而节省了资源。It can be seen that, in the above technical solution, the sixth resource is used to send the first indication information to the access network device, so that the access network device knows that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, thereby avoiding subsequent resource consumption for uplink reference. Signal resources are blindly detected, thereby saving resources.
可选的,该方法还包括:通过第六资源,终端设备向接入网设备发送终端设备的标识。Optionally, the method further includes: by using the sixth resource, the terminal device sends the identification of the terminal device to the access network device.
其中,通过第六资源,终端设备向接入网设备发送终端设备的标识,可以理解为:通过第六资源,处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备向接入网设备发送终端设备的标识。Wherein, through the sixth resource, the terminal device sends the identification of the terminal device to the access network device, which can be understood as: through the sixth resource, the terminal device in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state sends the access network device the identification of the terminal device. logo.
其中,关于终端设备的标识,可以参考上述相关描述,在此不加赘述。For the identification of the terminal device, reference may be made to the above-mentioned related descriptions, which will not be repeated here.
可选的,若终端设备通过第六资源向接入网设备发送终端设备的标识,则终端设备的标识可以包含于媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)控制单元(control element,CE)信令或恢复请求消息。Optionally, if the terminal equipment sends the identification of the terminal equipment to the access network equipment through the sixth resource, then the identification of the terminal equipment may be included in the media access control (media access control, MAC) control element (control element, CE) information. command or restore request message.
可选的,通过第六资源,处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备向接入网设备发送终端设备的标识,包括:通过第六资源,处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备向接入网设备发送MAC CE信令或恢复请求消息,MAC CE信令或恢复请求消息包括终端设备的标识。Optionally, through the sixth resource, the terminal device in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state sends the identification of the terminal device to the access network device, including: through the sixth resource, the terminal in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state The device sends the MAC CE signaling or recovery request message to the access network device, and the MAC CE signaling or recovery request message includes the identifier of the terminal device.
可以理解的,在本申请中,终端设备可以分成两次分别通过第六资源向接入网设备发送终端设备的标识和第一指示信息,或者,终端设备可以一次性通过第六资源向接入网设备发送终端设备的标识和第一指示信息,在此不做限定。即,在一种可能的实施方式中,终端设备通过第六资源向接入网设备发送媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)控制单元(control element,CE)信令或恢复请求消息。其中,该媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)控制单元(control element,CE)信令可以包括终端设备的标识和第一指示信息,恢复请求消息可以包括终端设备的标识和第一指示信息。It can be understood that in this application, the terminal device may send the identification of the terminal device and the first indication information to the access network device through the sixth resource twice, or the terminal device may send the access network device through the sixth resource at one time. The network device sends the identifier of the terminal device and the first indication information, which is not limited here. That is, in a possible implementation manner, the terminal device sends a media access control (media access control, MAC) control element (control element, CE) signaling or a recovery request message to the access network device through the sixth resource. Wherein, the media access control (media access control, MAC) control element (control element, CE) signaling may include the identification of the terminal equipment and the first indication information, and the recovery request message may include the identification of the terminal equipment and the first indication information .
可选的,终端设备向接入网设备指示终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源,包括:终端设备通过第七资源,向接入网设备发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源,第七资源用于承载随机接入消息--3msg-3或随机接入消息-Amsg-A。Optionally, the terminal device indicates to the access network device that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, including: the terminal device sends first indication information to the access network device through the seventh resource, where the first indication information is used to indicate The resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, and the seventh resource is used to carry the random access message-3msg-3 or the random access message-Amsg-A.
其中,第七资源可以为PUSCH资源。The seventh resource may be a PUSCH resource.
需要说明的,在本申请中,第七资源用于承载msg-3或msg-A,即可以理解为,第七资源为msg-3PUSCH资源或msg-A PUSCH资源。It should be noted that in this application, the seventh resource is used to carry msg-3 or msg-A, that is, it can be understood that the seventh resource is msg-3 PUSCH resource or msg-A PUSCH resource.
其中,msg-3可以为四步随机接入中的消息3,其一般可以由消息2提供初传调度信息或下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)提供重传调度信息。可以理解的,消息2可以为MAC随机接入响应(random access response,RAR)消息,在此不做限制。Wherein, msg-3 may be message 3 in the four-step random access, and generally, message 2 may provide initial transmission scheduling information or downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI) may provide retransmission scheduling information. It can be understood that the message 2 may be a MAC random access response (random access response, RAR) message, which is not limited here.
其中,msg-A可以为两步随机接入中消息A,在此不做限制。Wherein, msg-A may be message A in two-step random access, which is not limited here.
可选的,通过第七资源,终端设备向接入网设备发送第一指示信息,可以理解为:通过第七资源,处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备向接入网设备发送第一指示信息。Optionally, through the seventh resource, the terminal device sends the first indication information to the access network device, which can be understood as: through the seventh resource, the terminal device in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state sends the first indication information to the access network device. an instruction message.
可选的,终端设备通过第七资源,向接入网设备发送第一指示信息,包括:处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备通过第七资源,向接入网设备发送MAC CE信令或恢复请求消息,MAC CE信令或恢复请求消息包括第一指示信息。可以看出,上述技术方案中,通过第七资源,向接入网设备发送第一指示信息,使得接入网设备获知终端设备使用 的资源为第一资源,从而避免了后续耗费资源对上行参考信号资源进行盲检,从而节省了资源。同时,终端设备基于用于承载msg-3或msg-A的资源,以实现向接入网设备发送第一指示信息,避免了需要等待接入网设备下发配置信息的过程。Optionally, the terminal device sends the first indication information to the access network device through the seventh resource, including: the terminal device in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state sends the MAC CE information to the access network device through the seventh resource. command or recovery request message, the MAC CE signaling or recovery request message includes the first indication information. It can be seen that in the above technical solution, the seventh resource is used to send the first indication information to the access network device, so that the access network device knows that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, thereby avoiding subsequent resource consumption for uplink reference. Signal resources are blindly detected, thereby saving resources. At the same time, the terminal device implements sending the first indication information to the access network device based on the resources used for carrying msg-3 or msg-A, avoiding the process of waiting for the access network device to issue configuration information.
可选的,该方法还包括:终端设备通过第七资源,向接入网设备发送终端设备的标识。Optionally, the method further includes: the terminal device sends the identification of the terminal device to the access network device through the seventh resource.
其中,通过第七资源,终端设备向接入网设备发送终端设备的标识,可以理解为:通过第七资源,处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备向接入网设备发送终端设备的标识。Wherein, through the seventh resource, the terminal device sends the identification of the terminal device to the access network device, which can be understood as: through the seventh resource, the terminal device in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state sends the access network device the identification of the terminal device. logo.
其中,关于终端设备的标识,可以参考上述相关描述,在此不加赘述。For the identification of the terminal device, reference may be made to the above-mentioned related descriptions, which will not be repeated here.
可选的,若终端设备通过第七资源向接入网设备发送终端设备的标识,则终端设备的标识可以包含于媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)控制单元(control element,CE)信令或恢复请求消息。Optionally, if the terminal equipment sends the identification of the terminal equipment to the access network equipment through the seventh resource, then the identification of the terminal equipment may be included in the media access control (media access control, MAC) control element (control element, CE) information. command or restore request message.
可以理解的,在本申请中,终端设备可以分成两次分别通过第七资源向接入网设备发送终端设备的标识和第一指示信息,或者,终端设备可以一次性通过第七资源向接入网设备发送终端设备的标识和第一指示信息,在此不做限定。即,在一种可能的实施方式中,终端设备通过第七资源向接入网设备发送媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)控制单元(control element,CE)信令或恢复请求消息。其中,该媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)控制单元(control element,CE)信令可以包括终端设备的标识和第一指示信息,恢复请求消息可以包括终端设备的标识和第一指示信息。It can be understood that, in this application, the terminal device may send the identification of the terminal device and the first indication information to the access network device through the seventh resource twice, or the terminal device may send the access network device through the seventh resource at one time. The network device sends the identifier of the terminal device and the first indication information, which is not limited here. That is, in a possible implementation manner, the terminal device sends a media access control (media access control, MAC) control element (control element, CE) signaling or a recovery request message to the access network device through the seventh resource. Wherein, the media access control (media access control, MAC) control element (control element, CE) signaling may include the identification of the terminal equipment and the first indication information, and the recovery request message may include the identification of the terminal equipment and the first indication information .
可选的,该方法还包括:终端设备接收接入网设备发送的第一信息;其中,第一信息包括以下至少一种:定时提前、发送功率控制命令和第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示是否允许终端设备使用第一资源。Optionally, the method further includes: the terminal device receives first information sent by the access network device; wherein the first information includes at least one of the following: timing advance, transmission power control command and second indication information, the second indication information It is used to indicate whether the terminal device is allowed to use the first resource.
其中,发送功率控制命令为接入网设备通过物理层信令(如,下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI))发送的功率控制命令,该命令用于指示发送功率增量(升高或降低)。The transmit power control command is a power control command sent by the access network device through physical layer signaling (eg, downlink control information (DCI)), and the command is used to indicate the transmit power increment (increase or decrease ).
可选的,在终端设备接收接入网设备发送的第一信息之前,该方法还包括:终端设备接收接入网设备发送的第五配置信息,第五配置信息用于指示终端设备接收第一信息。Optionally, before the terminal device receives the first information sent by the access network device, the method further includes: the terminal device receives fifth configuration information sent by the access network device, where the fifth configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to receive the first information. information.
可选的,终端设备接收接入网设备发送的第五配置信息,包括:终端设备接收接入网设备发送的第五消息或第五释放消息或第五***信息,第五消息或第五释放消息或第五***信息包括第五配置信息。Optionally, the terminal device receives the fifth configuration information sent by the access network device, including: the terminal device receives the fifth message or the fifth release message or the fifth system information sent by the access network device, the fifth message or the fifth release The message or fifth system information includes fifth configuration information.
其中,第五消息例如可以为第五RRC重新配置(Reconfiguration)消息。该第五RRC Reconfiguration消息可以包括用于指示终端设备进入RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态后保留第五配置信息的指示信息。The fifth message may be, for example, a fifth RRC reconfiguration (Reconfiguration) message. The fifth RRC Reconfiguration message may include indication information for instructing the terminal device to retain the fifth configuration information after entering the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state.
其中,第五释放消息可以为第五RRC释放消息。该第五RRC释放消息可以包括用于指示终端设备进入RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态后保留第四配置信息的指示信息。The fifth release message may be a fifth RRC release message. The fifth RRC release message may include indication information for instructing the terminal device to retain the fourth configuration information after entering the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state.
示例性的,第五***信息例如可以为SIB1或者除SIB1之外的其他***信息。Exemplarily, the fifth system information may be, for example, SIB1 or other system information other than SIB1.
其中,接入网设备向终端设备发送第五消息,可以理解为,接入网设备向处于RRC连接态的终端设备发送第五消息。The fact that the access network device sends the fifth message to the terminal device can be understood as that the access network device sends the fifth message to the terminal device in the RRC connection state.
其中,终端设备接收接入网设备发送第五释放消息,可以理解为,处于RRC连接态的 终端设备接收接入网设备发送的第五释放消息;终端设备接收接入网设备发送的第五***信息,可以理解为,处于RRC连接态或RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备接收接入网设备发送的第五***信息。Wherein, when the terminal device receives the fifth release message sent by the access network device, it can be understood that the terminal device in the RRC connection state receives the fifth release message sent by the access network device; the terminal device receives the fifth release message sent by the access network device; information, it can be understood that the terminal device in the RRC connected state or the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state receives the fifth system information sent by the access network device.
可选的,若接入网设备向处于RRC连接态的终端设备发送第五***信息,则第五***信息可以包括用于指示终端设备进入RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态后保留第五配置信息的指示信息,在此不做限定。Optionally, if the access network device sends the fifth system information to the terminal device in the RRC connected state, the fifth system information may include the fifth configuration information used to instruct the terminal device to enter the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state and retain the fifth configuration information. The indication information is not limited here.
可选的,第五配置信息携带在接入网设备发送的第五消息或第五释放消息或第五***信息。Optionally, the fifth configuration information is carried in the fifth message or the fifth release message or the fifth system information sent by the access network device.
需要说明的,在本申请中,第一消息、第二消息、第三消息、第四消息和第五消息可以为同一消息,或不同消息;或,第五消息和第一消息可以为同一消息;或,第五消息和第二消息可以为同一消息;或,第五消息和第三消息可以为同一消息;或,第五消息和第四消息可以为同一消息,在此不做限制。第一释放消息、第二释放消息、第三释放消息、第四释放消息和第五释放消息可以为同一消息,或不同消息;或,第五释放消息和第一释放消息可以为同一消息;或,第五释放消息和第二释放消息可以为同一消息;或,第五释放消息和第三释放消息可以为同一消息;或,第五释放消息和第四释放消息可以为同一消息,在此不做限制。第一***信息、第二***信息、第三***信息、第四***信息和第五***信息可以为同一***信息,或不同的***信息;或,第五***信息和第一***信息可以为同一***信息;或,第五***信息和第二***信息可以为同一***信息;或,第五***信息和第三***信息可以为同一***信息;或,第五***信息和第四***信息可以为同一***信息,在此不做限制。It should be noted that in this application, the first message, the second message, the third message, the fourth message and the fifth message may be the same message or different messages; or, the fifth message and the first message may be the same message or, the fifth message and the second message may be the same message; or, the fifth message and the third message may be the same message; or, the fifth message and the fourth message may be the same message, which is not limited herein. The first release message, the second release message, the third release message, the fourth release message and the fifth release message may be the same message, or different messages; or, the fifth release message and the first release message may be the same message; or , the fifth release message and the second release message can be the same message; or, the fifth release message and the third release message can be the same message; or, the fifth release message and the fourth release message can be the same message, which is not make restrictions. The first system information, the second system information, the third system information, the fourth system information and the fifth system information may be the same system information, or different system information; or, the fifth system information and the first system information may be the same system information; or, the fifth system information and the second system information may be the same system information; or, the fifth system information and the third system information may be the same system information; or, the fifth system information and the fourth system information may be The same system information is not limited here.
可选的,该方法还包括:若第二指示信息用于指示是否允许终端设备使用第一资源,则终端设备在第一资源上发送上行参考信号;或,若第二指示信息用于指示不允许终端设备使用第一资源,则终端设备重新从至少一个上行参考信号资源中选取一个上行参考信号资源。Optionally, the method further includes: if the second indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device is allowed to use the first resource, the terminal device sends an uplink reference signal on the first resource; or, if the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is not allowed to use the first resource. If the terminal device is allowed to use the first resource, the terminal device reselects one uplink reference signal resource from the at least one uplink reference signal resource.
其中,关于上行参考信号,可以参考上述相关描述,在此不加赘述。For the uplink reference signal, reference may be made to the above-mentioned related descriptions, and details are not repeated here.
其中,终端设备重新从至少一个上行参考信号资源中选取一个上行参考信号资源,可以再次选取第一资源,或,从至少一个上行参考信号资源中选取除第一资源之外的其他资源,在此不做限定。可以理解的,终端设备可以再次将重新从至少一个上行参考信号资源中选取的一个上行参考信号资源发给接入网设备,其具体过程,可以参考终端设备向接入网设备指示终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源的过程,在此不加赘述。Wherein, the terminal device reselects one uplink reference signal resource from the at least one uplink reference signal resource, and may select the first resource again, or select other resources except the first resource from the at least one uplink reference signal resource, here Not limited. It can be understood that the terminal device can send an uplink reference signal resource re-selected from at least one uplink reference signal resource to the access network device again. For the specific process, refer to the terminal device to indicate to the access network device that the terminal device uses. The process of the resource being the first resource will not be repeated here.
需要说明的,在本申请中,若在预设时间段内未接收到第一信息,则终端设备重新从至少一个上行参考信号资源中选取一个上行参考信号资源。可以理解的,预设时间段可以由终端设备设置,或协议规定,在此不做限制。It should be noted that, in the present application, if the first information is not received within a preset time period, the terminal device reselects one uplink reference signal resource from at least one uplink reference signal resource. It can be understood that the preset time period may be set by the terminal device or specified by the protocol, which is not limited herein.
在一实施例中,无需接入网设备向终端设备发送第五配置信息,终端设备也可以直接在第一资源上发送上行参考信号。In an embodiment, it is not necessary for the access network device to send the fifth configuration information to the terminal device, and the terminal device may also directly send the uplink reference signal on the first resource.
可选的,该方法还包括:终端设备接收接入网设备发送的寻呼信息,寻呼信息包括用于指示终端设备发送上行参考信号的信息。Optionally, the method further includes: the terminal device receives paging information sent by the access network device, where the paging information includes information used to instruct the terminal device to send an uplink reference signal.
其中,寻呼信息可以包括以下一种:寻呼消息和寻呼短信息。可以理解的,寻呼消息 可以参考3GPP TS 38.331,寻呼短信息可以参考3GPP TS 38.212,在此不加赘述。The paging information may include one of the following: a paging message and a paging short message. It can be understood that the paging message can refer to 3GPP TS 38.331, and the paging short message can refer to 3GPP TS 38.212, which will not be repeated here.
示例性的,寻呼消息的IE例如可以为:Exemplarily, the IE of the paging message may be, for example:
Figure PCTCN2020141360-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2020141360-appb-000003
其中,寻呼信息可以包括终端设备的标识。Wherein, the paging information may include the identification of the terminal device.
其中,关于终端设备的标识,可以参考上述相关描述,在此不加赘述。For the identification of the terminal device, reference may be made to the above-mentioned related descriptions, which will not be repeated here.
可选的,该方法还包括:终端设备根据终端设备的类型,发送上行参考信号。Optionally, the method further includes: sending the uplink reference signal by the terminal device according to the type of the terminal device.
其中,终端设备的类型例如可以为支持RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态发送上行定位参考信号的终端设备。The type of the terminal device may be, for example, a terminal device that supports sending uplink positioning reference signals in an RRC idle state or an RRC inactive state.
下面结合定位场景说明本申请实施例提供的技术方案。具体的,参见图5,图5为本申请实施例提供的又一种上行参考信号资源的配置方法的流程示意图。其中,图5中的终端设备可以为图1中的终端设备20,图5中的接入网设备可以为图1中的接入网设备10,图5中的第一设备可以为图1中的第一设备30。如图5所示,该方法包括但不限于以下步骤:The technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application are described below with reference to a positioning scenario. Specifically, referring to FIG. 5 , FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another method for configuring uplink reference signal resources provided by an embodiment of the present application. The terminal device in FIG. 5 may be the terminal device 20 in FIG. 1 , the access network device in FIG. 5 may be the access network device 10 in FIG. 1 , and the first device in FIG. 5 may be the access network device 10 in FIG. 1 . of the first device 30. As shown in Figure 5, the method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
501-502,与图4中步骤401-402相同,在此不加赘述。Steps 501 to 502 are the same as steps 401 to 402 in FIG. 4 , and are not repeated here.
503、接入网设备向第一设备发送第一资源的配置信息。503. The access network device sends configuration information of the first resource to the first device.
可选的,接入网设备向第一设备发送第一资源的配置信息,包括:接入网设备通过第二设备向第一设备发送第一资源的配置信息。Optionally, sending the configuration information of the first resource by the access network device to the first device includes: sending the configuration information of the first resource by the access network device to the first device through the second device.
其中,接入网设备通过第二设备向第一设备发送第一资源的配置信息,可以理解为:接入网设备向第二设备发送第一资源的配置信息,第二设备向第一设备发送第一资源的配 置信息。The fact that the access network device sends the configuration information of the first resource to the first device through the second device can be understood as: the access network device sends the configuration information of the first resource to the second device, and the second device sends the configuration information of the first resource to the first device. Configuration information of the first resource.
可选的,接入网设备向第一设备发送第一资源的配置信息,包括:接入网设备向第一设备发送第六消息,第六消息包括第一资源的配置信息。Optionally, sending the configuration information of the first resource by the access network device to the first device includes: the access network device sending a sixth message to the first device, where the sixth message includes configuration information of the first resource.
其中,第六消息可以为不关联终端(NON-UE associated)的第一新无线定位协议(NR positioning protocol a,NRPPa)消息。Wherein, the sixth message may be a first new radio positioning protocol (NR positioning protocol a, NRPPa) message of a non-associated terminal (NON-UE associated).
需要说明的,第六消息还可以包括第一索引信息,第一索引信息与第一资源的配置信息关联。It should be noted that the sixth message may further include first index information, where the first index information is associated with the configuration information of the first resource.
可选的,接入网设备向第一设备发送第六消息,包括:接入网设备通过第二设备向第一设备发送第六消息。Optionally, the access network device sending the sixth message to the first device includes: the access network device sending the sixth message to the first device through the second device.
其中,接入网设备通过第二设备向第一设备发送第六消息,可以理解为:接入网设备向第二设备发送第六消息,第二设备向第一设备发送第六消息。The fact that the access network device sends the sixth message to the first device through the second device can be understood as: the access network device sends the sixth message to the second device, and the second device sends the sixth message to the first device.
504、第一设备分别向接入网设备以及第一小区的邻区的接入网设备发送定位测量请求。504. The first device sends a positioning measurement request to the access network device and the access network device in a neighboring cell of the first cell, respectively.
其中,第一小区为接入网设备的小区。如,第一小区例如可以终端设备的服务小区或终端设备驻留的小区,在此不做限定。The first cell is a cell of the access network device. For example, the first cell may be, for example, a serving cell of the terminal device or a cell where the terminal device resides, which is not limited herein.
其中,第一小区的邻区的接入网设备可以为一个或多个接入网设备,在此不做限制。Wherein, the access network device in the neighboring cell of the first cell may be one or more access network devices, which is not limited herein.
其中,定位测量请求可以参考上述相关描述,在此不加赘述。For the positioning measurement request, reference may be made to the above-mentioned related descriptions, and details are not repeated here.
其中,定位测量请求可以为NRPPa测量请求(measurement request)消息。The positioning measurement request may be an NRPPa measurement request (measurement request) message.
可以理解的,若第一设备向接入网设备发送定位测量请求,则该定位测量请求所包括的信息具体可以参考标准3GPP TS 38.455,在此不做限定。若第一设备向第一小区的邻区的接入网设备发送定位测量请求,该定位测量请求还可以包括第一资源的配置信息。It can be understood that if the first device sends a positioning measurement request to the access network device, the information included in the positioning measurement request may refer to the standard 3GPP TS 38.455, which is not limited here. If the first device sends a positioning measurement request to an access network device in a neighboring cell of the first cell, the positioning measurement request may further include configuration information of the first resource.
可选的,第一设备分别向接入网设备以及第一小区的邻区的接入网设备发送定位测量请求,包括:第一设备通过第二设备分别向接入网设备以及第一小区的邻区的接入网设备发送定位测量请求。Optionally, the first device sends a positioning measurement request to the access network device and the access network device in the neighboring cell of the first cell, respectively, including: the first device sends the access network device and the first cell's device to the access network device and the first cell through the second device respectively. The access network equipment in the neighboring cell sends a positioning measurement request.
其中,第一设备通过第二设备分别向接入网设备以及第一小区的邻区的接入网设备发送定位测量请求,可以理解为:第一设备向第二设备定位测量请求,第二设备分别向接入网设备以及第一小区的邻区的接入网设备发送定位测量请求。Wherein, the first device sends a positioning measurement request to the access network device and the access network device in the neighboring cell of the first cell through the second device, which can be understood as: the first device sends a positioning measurement request to the second device, and the second device The positioning measurement request is sent to the access network device and the access network device of the neighboring cell of the first cell respectively.
需要说明的,在本申请中,第一设备可以通过步骤504中的接入网设备的地理位置确定发送上行参考信号的终端设备的大概位置,从而根据发送上行参考信号的终端设备的大概位置和第一小区的邻区的接入网设备的地理位置确定第一小区的邻区的接入网设备的搜索窗。其中,第一小区的邻区的接入网设备的搜索窗是根据第一时刻和第二时刻确定的,第一时刻为第一小区的邻区的接入网设备最早接收到上行参考信号的时刻,由上行参考信号发送时刻和终端与第一小区的邻区的接入网设备的最近距离确定,第二时刻为第一小区的邻区的接入网设备最晚接收到上行参考信号的时刻,由上行参考信号发送时刻和终端与第一小区的邻区的接入网设备的最远距离确定。其中,定位测量请求还可以包括搜索窗。应理解,终端位置可以存在不确定性,该不确定性范围可以由接入网设备的通信半径确定,也可以由其他定位技术获取,例如全球导航卫星***(global navigation satellite system,GNSS)、上一时刻定位结果等。It should be noted that in this application, the first device can determine the approximate location of the terminal device that sends the uplink reference signal through the geographic location of the access network device in step 504, so as to determine the approximate location of the terminal device that sends the uplink reference signal according to the approximate location and The geographic location of the access network device in the adjacent cell of the first cell determines the search window of the access network device in the adjacent cell of the first cell. The search window of the access network equipment in the adjacent cell of the first cell is determined according to the first time and the second time, and the first time is the earliest time when the access network equipment in the adjacent cell of the first cell receives the uplink reference signal. The time is determined by the transmission time of the uplink reference signal and the closest distance between the terminal and the access network equipment in the adjacent cell of the first cell, and the second time is the latest time when the access network equipment in the adjacent cell of the first cell receives the uplink reference signal. The time is determined by the time when the uplink reference signal is sent and the farthest distance between the terminal and the access network device in the neighboring cell of the first cell. Wherein, the positioning measurement request may further include a search window. It should be understood that there may be uncertainty in the terminal position, and the uncertainty range may be determined by the communication radius of the access network device, or may be obtained by other positioning technologies, such as the global navigation satellite system (GNSS), the Internet Instant positioning results, etc.
另外,若第一设备获取不同接入网设备反馈的相同的上行参考信号资源的配置信息,则第一设备可以确定出上行参考信号资源发生碰撞。若这些接入网设备相距较远,第一设备可以分别向这些接入网设备以及其邻区的接入网设备发送定位测量请求。In addition, if the first device acquires the same configuration information of uplink reference signal resources fed back by different access network devices, the first device may determine that the uplink reference signal resources collide. If the access network devices are far apart, the first device may send a positioning measurement request to the access network devices and the access network devices in their neighboring cells respectively.
其中,若相邻的两个接入网设备均获取到同一终端设备所使用的上行参考信号资源,且相邻的两个接入网设备均将同一终端设备所使用的上行参考信号资源发送给第一设备,那么,第一设备可以向相邻的两个接入网设备中任意一个接入网设备发送定位测量请求。Wherein, if two adjacent access network devices both obtain the uplink reference signal resources used by the same terminal device, and both adjacent two access network devices send the uplink reference signal resources used by the same terminal device to The first device, then, the first device may send a positioning measurement request to any one of the two adjacent access network devices.
505、接入网设备对该上行参考信号进行测量,得到第一测量结果。505. The access network device measures the uplink reference signal to obtain a first measurement result.
相应的,终端设备在第一资源上发送上行参考信号。Correspondingly, the terminal device sends the uplink reference signal on the first resource.
可选的,终端设备在第一资源上发送上行参考信号可以在终端设备接收接入网设备发送的第一信息后执行,在此不做限制。Optionally, sending the uplink reference signal on the first resource by the terminal device may be performed after the terminal device receives the first information sent by the access network device, which is not limited herein.
其中,关于第一信息,可以参考上述相关描述,在此不加赘述。For the first information, reference may be made to the above-mentioned related descriptions, and details are not repeated here.
其中,第一测量结果例如可以为SRS参考信号接收功率(reference signal receiving power,RSRP)、上行相对到达时间(uplink relative time of arrival,UL RTOA)、上行到达角(uplink arrival of arrival,UL-AoA)或UE Rx–Tx time difference。Wherein, the first measurement result may be, for example, SRS reference signal receiving power (reference signal receiving power, RSRP), uplink relative time of arrival (uplink relative time of arrival, UL RTOA), uplink arrival angle (uplink arrival of arrival, UL-AoA) ) or UE Rx–Tx time difference.
其中,UE Rx–Tx time difference指终端设备接收与发送时间差。Among them, UE Rx-Tx time difference refers to the time difference between terminal equipment receiving and sending.
506、第一小区的邻区的接入网设备对该上行参考信号进行测量,得到第二测量结果。506. The access network device in the adjacent cell of the first cell measures the uplink reference signal to obtain a second measurement result.
其中,第二测量结果例如可以为SRS参考信号接收功率(reference signal receiving power,RSRP)、上行相对到达时间(uplink relative time of arrival,UL RTOA)、上行到达角(uplink arrival of arrival,UL-AoA)或UE Rx–Tx time difference。Wherein, the second measurement result may be, for example, SRS reference signal receiving power (reference signal receiving power, RSRP), uplink relative time of arrival (uplink relative time of arrival, UL RTOA), uplink arrival angle (uplink arrival of arrival, UL-AoA) ) or UE Rx–Tx time difference.
需要说明的,本申请实施例中的步骤505和步骤506之间没有必然的执行先后顺序,可以先执行步骤505,再执行步骤506;也可以先执行步骤506,再执行步骤505;还可以同时执行步骤505和步骤506,在此不做限制。It should be noted that there is no necessary order of execution between step 505 and step 506 in this embodiment of the present application. Step 505 may be executed first, and then step 506 may be executed; or step 506 may be executed first, and then step 505 may be executed; Step 505 and step 506 are executed, which is not limited here.
507、第一设备接收来自接入网设备的第一测量结果和接收来自第一小区的邻区的接入网设备的第二测量结果。507. The first device receives the first measurement result from the access network device and the second measurement result from the access network device in a neighboring cell of the first cell.
508、第一设备向接入网设备发送请求消息。508. The first device sends a request message to the access network device.
其中,请求消息包括第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示请求接入网设备获取使用第一资源的终端设备的标识。The request message includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to instruct the requesting access network device to acquire the identifier of the terminal device using the first resource.
可选的,第一设备向接入网设备发送请求消息,包括:第一设备通过第二设备向接入网设备发送请求消息。Optionally, sending the request message by the first device to the access network device includes: the first device sending the request message to the access network device through the second device.
其中,第一设备通过第二设备向接入网设备发送请求消息,可以理解为:第一设备向第二设备发送请求消息,第二设备向接入网设备发送请求消息。The sending of the request message by the first device to the access network device through the second device may be understood as: the first device sends the request message to the second device, and the second device sends the request message to the access network device.
需要说明的,步骤508可以执行或不执行,在此不做限制。It should be noted that step 508 may or may not be executed, which is not limited herein.
509、接入网设备接收来自使用第一资源的终端设备发送终端设备的标识。509. The access network device receives the identifier of the terminal device sent from the terminal device using the first resource.
其中,接入网设备可以通过与第一资源关联的第四资源,接收来自使用第一资源的终端设备发送终端设备的标识;或,通过与第三资源关联的第四资源,接收来自使用第一资源的终端设备发送终端设备的标识,或,通过第六资源,接收来自使用第一资源的终端设备发送终端设备的标识,或,通过第七资源,接收来自使用第一资源的终端设备发送终端设备的标识,在此不做限定。Wherein, the access network device may receive the identifier of the terminal device sent from the terminal device using the first resource through the fourth resource associated with the first resource; or, through the fourth resource associated with the third resource, receive information from the user using the first resource. A terminal device using a resource sends the identifier of the terminal device, or, through the sixth resource, receives the identifier from the terminal device using the first resource and sends the identifier of the terminal device, or, through the seventh resource, receives the identifier sent from the terminal device using the first resource. The identifier of the terminal device, which is not limited here.
其中,关于第一资源、第三资源、第四资源、第六资源、第七资源,可以参考上述相关描述,在此不加赘述。For the first resource, the third resource, the fourth resource, the sixth resource, and the seventh resource, reference may be made to the above-mentioned related descriptions, which will not be repeated here.
510、接入网设备向第一设备发送响应消息。510. The access network device sends a response message to the first device.
其中,响应消息包括使用第一资源的终端设备的标识。Wherein, the response message includes the identifier of the terminal device using the first resource.
其中,关于终端设备的标识,可以参考上述相关描述,在此不加赘述。For the identification of the terminal device, reference may be made to the above-mentioned related descriptions, which will not be repeated here.
可选的,接入网设备向第一设备发送响应消息,包括:接入网设备通过第二设备向第一设备发送响应消息。Optionally, the access network device sending the response message to the first device includes: the access network device sending the response message to the first device through the second device.
其中,接入网设备通过第二设备向第一设备发送响应消息,可以理解为:接入网设备向第二设备发送响应消息,第二设备向第一设备发送响应消息。The fact that the access network device sends a response message to the first device through the second device can be understood as: the access network device sends a response message to the second device, and the second device sends a response message to the first device.
其中,响应消息可以为不关联终端(NON-UE associated)的第二NRPPa消息。Wherein, the response message may be a second NRPPa message of a non-associated terminal (NON-UE associated).
需要说明的,响应消息还可以包括第二索引信息,第二索引信息与终端设备标识关联。It should be noted that the response message may further include second index information, where the second index information is associated with the terminal device identifier.
511、第一设备根据使用第一资源的终端设备的标识、第一测量结果和第二测量结果,确定终端设备的位置。511. The first device determines the location of the terminal device according to the identifier of the terminal device using the first resource, the first measurement result, and the second measurement result.
示例性的,当第一测量结果和第二测量结果为UL RTOA时,可以采用UL TDOA定位方法确定终端设备的位置;当第一测量结果和第二测量结果为UL AoA时,可以采用UL AoA定位方法确定终端设备的位置;当第一测量结果和第二测量结果为UE Rx–Tx time difference时,可以采用Multi-RTT定位方法确定终端设备的位置。Exemplarily, when the first measurement result and the second measurement result are UL RTOA, the UL TDOA positioning method can be used to determine the location of the terminal device; when the first measurement result and the second measurement result are UL AoA, UL AoA can be used. The positioning method determines the position of the terminal equipment; when the first measurement result and the second measurement result are UE Rx-Tx time difference, the Multi-RTT positioning method can be used to determine the position of the terminal equipment.
可选的,若第一设备获取到第一索引信息和第二索引信息,则第一设备根据第一索引信息和第二索引信息,确定第一资源的配置信息和使用第一资源的终端设备的标识关联。Optionally, if the first device obtains the first index information and the second index information, the first device determines the configuration information of the first resource and the terminal device using the first resource according to the first index information and the second index information. identity association.
其中,第一设备根据第一索引信息和第二索引信息,确定第一资源的配置信息和终端设备的标识关联,包括:若第一索引信息和第二索引信息相同或者匹配或者满足预设的对应关系,第一设备则确定第一资源的配置信息和使用第一资源的终端设备的标识关联。The first device determines the association between the configuration information of the first resource and the identifier of the terminal device according to the first index information and the second index information, including: if the first index information and the second index information are the same or match or satisfy a preset Corresponding relationship, the first device determines that the configuration information of the first resource is associated with the identifier of the terminal device that uses the first resource.
可以看出,上述技术方案中,通过将至少一个上行参考信号资源的配置信息下发给终端设备,使得处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备可以根据至少一个上行参考信号资源的配置信息,确定处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备所使用的上行参考信号资源,并向接入网设备指示处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备所使用的上行参考信号资源,从而提出了适用于为处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备配置资源的方案。同时,避免了终端设备需要进入RRC连接态获取资源时导致的能耗高的问题,也实现了终端设备自主选择资源。另外,也实现了对处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备的定位。It can be seen that, in the above technical solution, by sending the configuration information of at least one uplink reference signal resource to the terminal equipment, the terminal equipment in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state can be based on the configuration information of at least one uplink reference signal resource. , determine the uplink reference signal resources used by the terminal equipment in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, and indicate to the access network equipment the uplink reference signal resources used by the terminal equipment in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state, thereby A scheme suitable for configuring resources for terminal equipment in RRC idle state or RRC inactive state is proposed. At the same time, the problem of high energy consumption caused when the terminal device needs to enter the RRC connection state to obtain resources is avoided, and the terminal device can independently select resources. In addition, the positioning of the terminal equipment in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state is also realized.
上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,上述实现各网元为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The foregoing mainly introduces the solution provided by the present application from the perspective of interaction between various network elements. It can be understood that, in order to realize the above-mentioned functions, each network element in the above-mentioned implementation includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for executing each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that the present application can be implemented in hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对终端设备或接入网设备进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中,上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device or the access network device may be divided into functional modules according to the foregoing method examples. For example, each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module. , the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware, and can also be implemented in the form of software function modules. It should be noted that, the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division manners in actual implementation.
在采用集成的单元的情况下,参见图6,图6为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。该通信装置600可应用于上述图4-图5所示的方法中,如图6所示,该通信装置600包括:处理模块601和收发模块602。处理模块601可以是一个或多个处理器,收发模块602可以是收发器或者通信接口。该通信装置可用于实现上述任一方法实施例中涉及终端设备或接入网设备,或用于实现上述任一方法实施例中涉及网元的功能。该网元或者网络功能既可以是硬件设备中的网络元件,也可以是在专用硬件上运行的软件功能,或者是平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。可选的,该通信装置600还可以包括存储模块603,用于存储通信装置600的程序代码和数据。In the case of using an integrated unit, see FIG. 6 , which is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication apparatus 600 can be applied to the methods shown in FIGS. 4 to 5 above. As shown in FIG. 6 , the communication apparatus 600 includes a processing module 601 and a transceiver module 602 . The processing module 601 may be one or more processors, and the transceiver module 602 may be a transceiver or a communication interface. The communication apparatus may be used to implement the terminal equipment or access network equipment involved in any of the above method embodiments, or to implement the functions involved in the network element in any of the above method embodiments. The network element or network function can be either a network element in a hardware device, a software function running on dedicated hardware, or a virtualized function instantiated on a platform (eg, a cloud platform). Optionally, the communication apparatus 600 may further include a storage module 603 for storing program codes and data of the communication apparatus 600 .
一种实例,当该通信装置作为终端设备或为应用于终端设备中的芯片,并执行上述方法实施例中由终端设备执行的步骤。收发模块602可以包括接收模块和发送模块,接收模块和发送模块用于支持与接入网设备等之间的通信,发送模块具体执行图4-图5中由终端设备执行的发送的动作,接收模块具体执行图4-图5中由终端设备执行的接收的动作,例如支持终端设备执行步骤402和步骤502中的一个或多个步骤,和或用于本文中所描述的技术的其他过程。In an example, when the communication device is used as a terminal device or a chip applied in the terminal device, and performs the steps performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiments. The transceiver module 602 may include a receiving module and a sending module. The receiving module and the sending module are used to support communication with the access network equipment, etc. The sending module specifically performs the sending action performed by the terminal device in FIG. 4 to FIG. The modules specifically perform the received actions performed by the terminal device in Figures 4-5, eg, enabling the terminal device to perform one or more of steps 402 and 502, and or other processes for the techniques described herein.
示例性的,接收模块,用于接收接入网设备发送的第一配置信息,第一配置信息包括至少一个上行参考信号资源的配置信息;发送模块,用于向接入网设备指示终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源,第一资源为至少一个上行参考信号资源中的上行参考信号资源。Exemplarily, the receiving module is configured to receive first configuration information sent by the access network device, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of at least one uplink reference signal resource; the sending module is configured to indicate to the access network device what the terminal device is all about. The used resource is a first resource, and the first resource is an uplink reference signal resource in the at least one uplink reference signal resource.
一种实例,当该通信装置作为接入网设备或为应用于接入网设备中的芯片,并执行上述方法实施例中由接入网设备执行的步骤。收发模块602,用于支持与终端设备等之间的通信,具体执行图4-图5中由接入网设备执行的发送和或接收的动作,例如支持接入网设备执行步骤401和步骤501中的一个或多个步骤,和或用于本文中所描述的技术的其他过程。处理模块601可用于支持通信装置600执行上述方法实施例中的处理动作,例如,支持接入网设备执行步骤505和步骤506中的一个或多个步骤,和或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。In an example, when the communication device is used as an access network device or a chip applied in the access network device, and performs the steps performed by the access network device in the above method embodiments. The transceiver module 602 is used to support communication with terminal equipment, etc., and specifically performs the sending and/or receiving actions performed by the access network equipment in FIG. 4 to FIG. one or more of the steps, and or other processes for the techniques described herein. The processing module 601 can be used to support the communication apparatus 600 to perform the processing actions in the above method embodiments, for example, to support the access network device to perform one or more of steps 505 and 506, and or for the techniques described herein. other processes.
示例性的,收发模块602,用于向终端设备发送第一配置信息,第一配置信息包括至少一个上行参考信号资源的配置信息;处理模块601,用于根据来自终端设备的指示确定终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源,第一资源为至少一个上行参考信号资源中的上行参考信号资源。Exemplarily, the transceiver module 602 is configured to send first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of at least one uplink reference signal resource; the processing module 601 is configured to determine, according to an instruction from the terminal device, the configuration information of the terminal device. The used resource is a first resource, and the first resource is an uplink reference signal resource in the at least one uplink reference signal resource.
一种实例,当该通信装置作为第一设备或为应用于第一设备中的芯片,并执行上述方法实施例中由第一设备执行的步骤。收发模块602,用于支持与终端设备等之间的通信,具体执行图4-图5中由第一设备执行的发送和或接收的动作,例如支持第一设备执行步骤 504和步骤507中的一个或多个步骤,和或用于本文中所描述的技术的其他过程。处理模块601可用于支持通信装置600执行上述方法实施例中的处理动作,例如,支持第一设备执行步骤511,和或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。In an example, when the communication device is used as the first device or a chip applied in the first device, and performs the steps performed by the first device in the above method embodiments. The transceiver module 602 is used to support communication with the terminal device, etc., and specifically performs the sending and/or receiving actions performed by the first device in FIG. 4 to FIG. one or more steps, and or other processes for the techniques described herein. The processing module 601 may be used to support the communication apparatus 600 to perform the processing actions in the above method embodiments, eg, to support the first device to perform step 511, and or other processes for the techniques described herein.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当终端设备或接入网设备为芯片时,收发模块502可以是接口、管脚或电路等。接口可用于输入待处理的数据至处理器,并可以向外输出处理器的处理结果。具体实现中,接口可以是通用输入输出(general purpose input output,GPIO)接口,可以和多个***设备(如显示器(LCD)、摄像头(camara)、射频(radio frequency,RF)模块、天线等等)连接。接口通过总线与处理器相连。In a possible implementation manner, when the terminal device or the access network device is a chip, the transceiver module 502 may be an interface, a pin, a circuit, or the like. The interface can be used to input data to be processed to the processor, and can output the processing result of the processor to the outside. In specific implementation, the interface can be a general purpose input output (GPIO) interface, which can communicate with multiple peripheral devices (such as a display (LCD), a camera (camara), a radio frequency (RF) module, an antenna, etc. )connect. The interface is connected to the processor through a bus.
处理模块501可以是处理器,该处理器可以执行存储模块存储的计算机执行指令,以使该芯片执行图4至图5实施例涉及的方法。The processing module 501 may be a processor, and the processor may execute computer-executed instructions stored in the storage module, so that the chip executes the methods involved in the embodiments of FIGS. 4 to 5 .
进一步的,处理器可以包括控制器、运算器和寄存器。示例性的,控制器主要负责指令译码,并为指令对应的操作发出控制信号。运算器主要负责执行定点或浮点算数运算操作、移位操作以及逻辑操作等,也可以执行地址运算和转换。寄存器主要负责保存指令执行过程中临时存放的寄存器操作数和中间操作结果等。具体实现中,处理器的硬件架构可以是专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuits,ASIC)架构、无互锁管道阶段架构的微处理器(microprocessor without interlocked piped stages architecture,MIPS)架构、进阶精简指令集机器(advanced RISC machines,ARM)架构或者网络处理器(network processor,NP)架构等等。处理器可以是单核的,也可以是多核的。Further, the processor may include a controller, an arithmetic unit and a register. Exemplarily, the controller is mainly responsible for instruction decoding, and sends control signals for operations corresponding to the instructions. The arithmetic unit is mainly responsible for performing fixed-point or floating-point arithmetic operations, shift operations, and logical operations, and can also perform address operations and conversions. Registers are mainly responsible for saving register operands and intermediate operation results temporarily stored during instruction execution. In specific implementation, the hardware architecture of the processor may be an application specific integrated circuits (ASIC) architecture, a microprocessor without interlocked piped stages architecture (MIPS) architecture, advanced reduced instructions Set machine (advanced RISC machines, ARM) architecture or network processor (network processor, NP) architecture and so on. Processors can be single-core or multi-core.
该存储模块可以为该芯片内的存储模块,如寄存器、缓存等。存储模块也可以是位于芯片外部的存储模块,如只读存储器(Read Only Memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)等。The storage module may be a storage module in the chip, such as a register, a cache, and the like. The storage module can also be a storage module located outside the chip, such as read only memory (Read Only Memory, ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), etc. .
需要说明的,处理器、接口各自对应的功能既可以通过硬件设计实现,也可以通过软件设计来实现,还可以通过软硬件结合的方式来实现,这里不作限制。It should be noted that the functions corresponding to the processor and the interface can be implemented by hardware design, software design, or a combination of software and hardware, which is not limited here.
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种简化的终端设备的结构示意图。便于理解和图示方便,图7中,终端设备以手机作为例子。如图7所示,终端设备包括至少一个处理器,还可以包括射频电路、天线以及输入输出装置。其中,处理器可用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,还可以用于对终端设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据等。该终端设备还可以包括存储器,存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据,这些涉及的程序可以在该通信装置出厂时即装载再存储器中,也可以在后期需要的时候再装载入存储器。射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号,且天线为本申请实施例提供的天线。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。需要说明的是,有些种类的终端设备可以不具有输入输出装置。FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a simplified terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application. For the convenience of understanding and illustration, in FIG. 7 , the terminal device takes a mobile phone as an example. As shown in FIG. 7 , the terminal device includes at least one processor, and may also include a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device. The processor may be used to process communication protocols and communication data, and may also be used to control terminal equipment, execute software programs, and process data of software programs. The terminal device may also include a memory, which is mainly used for storing software programs and data. These related programs can be loaded into the memory when the communication device leaves the factory, or can be loaded into the memory when needed later. The radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of the baseband signal and the radio frequency signal and the processing of the radio frequency signal. The antenna is mainly used for sending and receiving radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves, and the antenna is the antenna provided by this embodiment of the application. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of terminal equipment may not have input and output devices.
当需要发送数据时,处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带 信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器,处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。为便于说明,图7中仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端设备产品中,可以存在一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等。存储器可以是独立于处理器设置,也可以是与处理器集成在一起,本申请实施例对此不做限制。When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves. When data is sent to the terminal device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data. For ease of illustration, only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 7 . In an actual end device product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device or the like. The memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
在本申请实施例中,可以将具有收发功能的天线和射频电路视为终端设备的接收单元和发送单元(也可以统称为收发单元),将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备的处理单元。如图7所示,终端设备包括接收模块31、处理模块32和发送模块33。接收模块31也可以称为接收器、接收机、接收电路等,发送模块33也可以称为发送器、发射器、发射机、发射电路等。处理模块32也可以称为处理器、处理单板、处理装置等。In the embodiments of this application, an antenna and a radio frequency circuit with a transceiving function may be regarded as a receiving unit and a transmitting unit (also collectively referred to as a transceiving unit) of a terminal device, and a processor with a processing function may be regarded as a processing unit of the terminal device . As shown in FIG. 7 , the terminal device includes a receiving module 31 , a processing module 32 and a sending module 33 . The receiving module 31 may also be called a receiver, a receiver, a receiving circuit, and the like, and the sending module 33 may also be called a transmitter, a transmitter, a transmitter, a transmitting circuit, and the like. The processing module 32 may also be referred to as a processor, a processing board, a processing device, or the like.
例如,处理模块32用于执行图4-图5所示任一实施例中终端设备的功能。For example, the processing module 32 is configured to perform the functions of the terminal device in any of the embodiments shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 5 .
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种简化的接入网设备的结构示意图。接入网设备包括射频信号收发及转换部分以及42部分,该射频信号收发及转换部分又包括接收模块41部分和发送模块43部分(也可以统称为收发模块)。射频信号收发及转换部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换;42部分主要用于基带处理,对接入网设备进行控制等。接收模块41也可以称为接收器、接收机、接收电路等,发送模块43也可以称为发送器、发射器、发射机、发射电路等。42部分通常是接入网设备的控制中心,通常可以称为处理模块,用于控制接入网设备执行上述图4-图5中关于终端设备或接入网设备所执行的步骤。具体可参见上述相关部分的描述。FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a simplified access network device according to an embodiment of the present application. The access network equipment includes a radio frequency signal transceiving and converting part and a 42 part, and the radio frequency signal transceiving and converting part further includes a receiving module 41 part and a sending module 43 part (also collectively referred to as a transceiver module). The radio frequency signal transceiver and conversion part is mainly used for the transmission and reception of radio frequency signals and the conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals; the 42 part is mainly used for baseband processing and control of access network equipment. The receiving module 41 may also be called a receiver, a receiver, a receiving circuit, and the like, and the sending module 43 may also be called a transmitter, a transmitter, a transmitter, a transmitting circuit, and the like. Part 42 is usually the control center of the access network device, which can usually be called a processing module, and is used to control the access network device to perform the steps performed by the terminal device or the access network device in the above-mentioned Figures 4-5. For details, please refer to the descriptions in the relevant sections above.
42部分可以包括一个或多个单板,每个单板可以包括一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器,处理器用于读取和执行存储器中的程序以实现基带处理功能以及对接入网设备的控制。若存在多个单板,各个单板之间可以互联以增加处理能力。作为一中可选的实施方式,也可以是多个单板共用一个或多个处理器,或者是多个单板共用一个或多个存储器,或者是多个单板同时共用一个或多个处理器。The 42 part may include one or more single boards, and each single board may include one or more processors and one or more memories, and the processors are used to read and execute programs in the memories to implement baseband processing functions and access control of network equipment. If there are multiple boards, each board can be interconnected to increase processing capacity. As an optional implementation manner, one or more processors may be shared by multiple boards, or one or more memories may be shared by multiple boards, or one or more processors may be shared by multiple boards at the same time. device.
例如,针对于接入网设备,发送模块43用于执行图4-图5所示任一实施例中接入网设备的功能。For example, for an access network device, the sending module 43 is configured to perform the functions of the access network device in any of the embodiments shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 5 .
本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置,包括处理器、存储器、输入接口和输出接口,输入接口用于接收来自第一设备之外的其它通信装置的信息,输出接口用于向第一设备之外的其它通信装置输出信息,处理器调用存储器中存储的计算机程序实现如图4-图5所示任一实施例。An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, including a processor, a memory, an input interface, and an output interface. The input interface is used to receive information from other communication devices other than the first device, and the output interface is used to send information to the first device. Other communication devices other than the ones output information, and the processor invokes the computer program stored in the memory to implement any of the embodiments shown in FIGS. 4-5 .
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序,当计算机程序被运行时,实现如图4-图5所示任一实施例。Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is executed, any of the embodiments shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 5 are implemented.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,当计算机读取并执行计算机程序产品时,使得计算机执行实现如图4-图5所示任一实施例。The embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, when the computer reads and executes the computer program product, the computer executes any of the embodiments shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 5 .
上述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络 单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本申请实施例方案的目的。另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以是两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。The units described above as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solutions of the embodiments of the present application. In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated units may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of software functional units.
上述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分,或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,云服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例上述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(ROM,Read-Only Memory)、随机存取存储器(RAM,Random Access Memory)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到各种等效的修改或替换,这些修改或替换都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以权利要求的保护范围为准。If the above-mentioned integrated units are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solutions of the present application are essentially or part of contributions to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions can be embodied in the form of software products, and the computer software products are stored in a storage medium , including several instructions to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a cloud server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the above methods in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, Read-Only Memory (ROM, Read-Only Memory), Random Access Memory (RAM, Random Access Memory), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes . The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of various equivalents within the technical scope disclosed in the present application. Modifications or substitutions shall be covered by the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application shall be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (62)

  1. 一种上行参考信号资源的配置方法,其特征在于,所述方法应用于终端设备,所述方法包括:A method for configuring uplink reference signal resources, wherein the method is applied to terminal equipment, and the method includes:
    接收接入网设备发送的第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包括至少一个上行参考信号资源的配置信息;receiving first configuration information sent by an access network device, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of at least one uplink reference signal resource;
    向所述接入网设备指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源,所述第一资源为所述至少一个上行参考信号资源中的上行参考信号资源。Indicate to the access network device that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, and the first resource is an uplink reference signal resource in the at least one uplink reference signal resource.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收所述接入网设备发送的第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息包括至少一个第二资源的配置信息,第三资源为所述至少一个第二资源中的一个第二资源,所述第一资源与所述第三资源关联;Receive second configuration information sent by the access network device, where the second configuration information includes configuration information of at least one second resource, the third resource is a second resource in the at least one second resource, and the the first resource is associated with the third resource;
    所述向所述接入网设备指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源,包括:The indicating to the access network device that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource includes:
    通过所述第三资源发送上行物理信道,所述第三资源指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源。The uplink physical channel is sent through the third resource, where the third resource indicates that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三资源为一个物理随机接入信道PRACH资源,所述PRACH资源包括以下至少一种:一个随机接入机会和前导码。The method according to claim 2, wherein the third resource is a physical random access channel PRACH resource, and the PRACH resource includes at least one of the following: a random access opportunity and a preamble.
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三资源为物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源。The method according to claim 2, wherein the third resource is a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource.
  5. 根据权利要求2-4任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 2-4, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收所述接入网设备发送的第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息包括至少一个第四资源的配置信息,所述第一资源与所述至少一个第四资源中一个第四资源关联,或,所述第三资源与所述至少一个第四资源中一个第四资源关联;receiving third configuration information sent by the access network device, where the third configuration information includes configuration information of at least one fourth resource, and the first resource is associated with one fourth resource in the at least one fourth resource, Or, the third resource is associated with a fourth resource in the at least one fourth resource;
    通过与所述第一资源关联的第四资源,向所述接入网设备发送所述终端设备的标识;或,Send the identification of the terminal device to the access network device through the fourth resource associated with the first resource; or,
    通过与所述第三资源关联的第四资源,向所述接入网设备发送所述终端设备的标识。The identification of the terminal device is sent to the access network device through the fourth resource associated with the third resource.
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收所述接入网设备发送的第四配置信息,所述第四配置信息包括至少一个第五资源的配置信息,第六资源为所述至少一个第五资源中的一个第五资源;receiving fourth configuration information sent by the access network device, where the fourth configuration information includes configuration information of at least one fifth resource, and the sixth resource is a fifth resource in the at least one fifth resource;
    所述向所述接入网设备指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源,包括:The indicating to the access network device that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource includes:
    通过所述第六资源,向所述接入网设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源。Using the sixth resource, first indication information is sent to the access network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第六资源包括上行物理共享信道PUSCH资源,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 6, wherein the sixth resource comprises an uplink physical shared channel PUSCH resource, and the method further comprises:
    通过所述第六资源,向所述接入网设备发送所述终端设备的标识。The identifier of the terminal device is sent to the access network device through the sixth resource.
  8. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向所述接入网设备指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the indicating to the access network device that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource comprises:
    通过第七资源,向所述接入网设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源,所述第七资源为随机接入消息-3 msg-3或随机接入消息-A msg-A。Send first indication information to the access network device through the seventh resource, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, and the seventh resource is a random access Incoming message-3 msg-3 or random access message-A msg-A.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein the method further comprises:
    通过所述第七资源,向所述接入网设备发送所述终端设备的标识。The identifier of the terminal device is sent to the access network device through the seventh resource.
  10. 根据权利要求6或8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包含于MAC控制单元信令或恢复请求消息。The method according to claim 6 or 8, wherein the first indication information is included in a MAC control element signaling or a recovery request message.
  11. 根据权利要求1或2或5或6所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 1 or 2 or 5 or 6, characterized in that,
    所述第一配置信息携带在所述接入网设备发送的第一释放消息或第一***信息;和/或,The first configuration information is carried in the first release message or the first system information sent by the access network device; and/or,
    所述第二配置信息携带在所述接入网设备发送的第二释放消息或第二***信息;和/或,The second configuration information is carried in the second release message or the second system information sent by the access network device; and/or,
    所述第三配置信息携带在所述接入网设备发送的第三释放消息或第三***信息;和/或,The third configuration information is carried in the third release message or the third system information sent by the access network device; and/or,
    所述第四配置信息携带在所述接入网设备发送的第四释放消息或第四***信息。The fourth configuration information is carried in the fourth release message or fourth system information sent by the access network device.
  12. 根据权利要求1-11任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-11, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收所述接入网设备发送的第一信息;receiving the first information sent by the access network device;
    其中,所述第一信息包括以下至少一种:定时提前、发送功率控制命令和第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示是否允许所述终端设备使用所述第一资源。The first information includes at least one of the following: timing advance, transmission power control command, and second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device is allowed to use the first resource.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 12, wherein the method further comprises:
    若所述第二指示信息用于指示允许所述终端设备使用所述第一资源,则在所述第一资源上发送上行参考信号;或,If the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is allowed to use the first resource, send an uplink reference signal on the first resource; or,
    若所述第二指示信息用于指示不允许所述终端设备使用所述第一资源,则重新从所述至少一个上行参考信号资源中选取一个上行参考信号资源。If the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is not allowed to use the first resource, reselect an uplink reference signal resource from the at least one uplink reference signal resource.
  14. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收所述接入网设备发送的寻呼信息,所述寻呼信息包括用于指示所述终端设备发送 上行参考信号的信息。Receive paging information sent by the access network device, where the paging information includes information used to instruct the terminal device to send an uplink reference signal.
  15. 一种上行参考信号资源的配置方法,其特征在于,所述方法应用于接入网设备,所述方法包括:A method for configuring uplink reference signal resources, wherein the method is applied to access network equipment, and the method includes:
    向终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包括至少一个上行参考信号资源的配置信息;sending first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of at least one uplink reference signal resource;
    根据来自所述终端设备的指示确定所述终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源,所述第一资源为所述至少一个上行参考信号资源中的上行参考信号资源。According to the instruction from the terminal device, it is determined that the resource used by the terminal device is a first resource, and the first resource is an uplink reference signal resource in the at least one uplink reference signal resource.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 15, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述终端设备发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息包括至少一个第二资源的配置信息,第三资源为所述至少一个第二资源中的一个第二资源,所述第一资源与所述第三资源关联,Sending second configuration information to the terminal device, where the second configuration information includes configuration information of at least one second resource, the third resource is a second resource in the at least one second resource, and the first resource associated with said third resource,
    所述根据来自所述终端设备的指示确定所述终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源,包括:The determining that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource according to the instruction from the terminal device includes:
    根据上行物理信道确定所述终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源,所述上行物理信道是通过所述第三资源接收的,所述第三资源指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源。It is determined according to the uplink physical channel that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, the uplink physical channel is received through the third resource, and the third resource indicates that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三资源为一个物理随机接入信道PRACH资源,所述PRACH资源包括以下至少一种:一个随机接入机会和前导码。The method according to claim 16, wherein the third resource is a physical random access channel (PRACH) resource, and the PRACH resource includes at least one of the following: a random access opportunity and a preamble.
  18. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三资源为物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源。The method according to claim 16, wherein the third resource is a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource.
  19. 根据权利要求16-18任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 16-18, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述终端设备发送第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息包括至少一个第四资源的配置信息,所述第一资源与所述至少一个第四资源中一个第四资源关联,或,所述第三资源与所述至少一个第四资源中一个第四资源关联;Send third configuration information to the terminal device, where the third configuration information includes configuration information of at least one fourth resource, the first resource is associated with one fourth resource in the at least one fourth resource, or, the third resource is associated with a fourth resource of the at least one fourth resource;
    通过与所述第一资源关联的第四资源,接收所述终端设备发送的所述终端设备的标识;或,receiving, by using the fourth resource associated with the first resource, the identifier of the terminal device sent by the terminal device; or,
    通过与所述第三资源关联的第四资源,接收所述终端设备发送的所述终端设备的标识。The identifier of the terminal device sent by the terminal device is received through the fourth resource associated with the third resource.
  20. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 15, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述终端设备发送第四配置信息,所述第四配置信息包括至少一个第五资源的配置信息,第六资源为所述至少一个第五资源中的一个第五资源;sending fourth configuration information to the terminal device, where the fourth configuration information includes configuration information of at least one fifth resource, and the sixth resource is a fifth resource in the at least one fifth resource;
    所述根据来自所述终端设备的指示确定所述终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源,包括:The determining that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource according to the instruction from the terminal device includes:
    根据第一指示信息确定所述终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源,所述第一指示信息是通过所述第六资源接收的,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源。It is determined according to the first indication information that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, the first indication information is received through the sixth resource, and the first indication information is used to indicate the resource used by the terminal device The resource is the first resource.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第六资源包括上行物理共享信道PUSCH资源,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 20, wherein the sixth resource comprises an uplink physical shared channel PUSCH resource, and the method further comprises:
    通过所述第六资源,接收所述终端设备发送的所述终端设备的标识。Through the sixth resource, the identifier of the terminal device sent by the terminal device is received.
  22. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定所述终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源,包括:The method according to claim 15, wherein the determining that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource comprises:
    根据第一指示信息确定所述终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源,所述第一指示信息是通过第七资源接收的,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源,所述第七资源用于承载msg-3或msg-A。It is determined that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource according to the first indication information, the first indication information is received through the seventh resource, and the first indication information is used to indicate the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, and the seventh resource is used to carry msg-3 or msg-A.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 22, wherein the method further comprises:
    通过所述第七资源,接收所述终端设备发送的所述终端设备的标识。Through the seventh resource, the identifier of the terminal device sent by the terminal device is received.
  24. 根据权利要求20或22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包含于MAC控制单元信令或恢复请求消息。The method according to claim 20 or 22, wherein the first indication information is included in a MAC control element signaling or a recovery request message.
  25. 根据权利要求15或16或19或20所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 15 or 16 or 19 or 20, wherein,
    所述第一配置信息携带在所述接入网设备发送的第一释放消息或第一***信息;和/或,The first configuration information is carried in the first release message or the first system information sent by the access network device; and/or,
    所述第二配置信息携带在所述接入网设备发送的第二释放消息或第二***信息;和/或,The second configuration information is carried in the second release message or the second system information sent by the access network device; and/or,
    所述第三配置信息携带在所述接入网设备发送的第三释放消息或第三***信息;和/或,The third configuration information is carried in the third release message or the third system information sent by the access network device; and/or,
    所述第四配置信息携带在所述接入网设备发送的第四释放消息或第四***信息。The fourth configuration information is carried in the fourth release message or fourth system information sent by the access network device.
  26. 根据权利要求15-25任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 15-25, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述终端设备发送第一信息;sending first information to the terminal device;
    其中,所述第一信息包括以下至少一种:定时提前、功率控制信息和第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一资源是否允许所述终端设备使用。The first information includes at least one of the following: timing advance, power control information, and second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether the first resource is allowed to be used by the terminal device.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 26, wherein the method further comprises:
    在所述第一资源上接收上行参考信号。An uplink reference signal is received on the first resource.
  28. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 15, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述终端设备发送寻呼信息,所述寻呼信息包括用于指示所述终端设备发送上行参考信号的信息。Send paging information to the terminal device, where the paging information includes information used to instruct the terminal device to send an uplink reference signal.
  29. 根据权利要求15-28任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 15-28, wherein the method further comprises:
    向第一设备发送所述第一资源的配置信息。The configuration information of the first resource is sent to the first device.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 29, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收来自所述第一设备的请求消息,所述请求消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示请求所述接入网设备获取使用所述第一资源的终端设备的标识;receiving a request message from the first device, where the request message includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to instruct the access network device to obtain an identifier of a terminal device that uses the first resource;
    向所述第一设备发送响应消息,所述响应消息包括使用所述第一资源的终端设备的标识。Sending a response message to the first device, the response message including an identification of a terminal device using the first resource.
  31. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括接收模块和发送模块,其中,A communication device, characterized in that the communication device comprises a receiving module and a sending module, wherein,
    所述接收模块,用于接收接入网设备发送的第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包括至少一个上行参考信号资源的配置信息;The receiving module is configured to receive first configuration information sent by an access network device, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of at least one uplink reference signal resource;
    所述发送模块,用于向所述接入网设备指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源,所述第一资源为所述至少一个上行参考信号资源中的上行参考信号资源。The sending module is configured to indicate to the access network device that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, and the first resource is an uplink reference signal resource in the at least one uplink reference signal resource .
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的装置,其特征在于,所述接收模块,还用于The device according to claim 31, wherein the receiving module is further configured to
    接收所述接入网设备发送的第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息包括至少一个第二资源的配置信息,第三资源为所述至少一个第二资源中的一个第二资源,所述第一资源与所述第三资源关联;Receive second configuration information sent by the access network device, where the second configuration information includes configuration information of at least one second resource, the third resource is a second resource in the at least one second resource, and the the first resource is associated with the third resource;
    在向所述接入网设备指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源时,所述发送模块,用于When indicating to the access network device that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, the sending module is configured to:
    通过所述第三资源发送上行物理信道,所述第三资源指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源。The uplink physical channel is sent through the third resource, where the third resource indicates that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第三资源为一个物理随机接入信道PRACH资源,所述PRACH资源包括以下至少一种:一个随机接入机会和前导码。The apparatus according to claim 32, wherein the third resource is a physical random access channel PRACH resource, and the PRACH resource includes at least one of the following: a random access opportunity and a preamble.
  34. 根据权利要求32所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第三资源为物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源。The apparatus according to claim 32, wherein the third resource is a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource.
  35. 根据权利要求31-34任意一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述接收模块,还用于接收所述接入网设备发送的第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息包括至少一个第四资源的配置信息,所述第一资源与所述至少一个第四资源中一个第四资源关联,或,所述第三资源与所述至少一个第四资源中一个第四资源关联;The apparatus according to any one of claims 31-34, wherein the receiving module is further configured to receive third configuration information sent by the access network device, where the third configuration information includes at least one first Configuration information of four resources, the first resource is associated with a fourth resource in the at least one fourth resource, or the third resource is associated with a fourth resource in the at least one fourth resource;
    所述发送模块,用于通过与所述第一资源关联的第四资源,向所述接入网设备发送所 述终端设备的标识;或,通过与所述第三资源关联的第四资源,向所述接入网设备发送所述终端设备的标识。The sending module is configured to send the identifier of the terminal device to the access network device through the fourth resource associated with the first resource; or, through the fourth resource associated with the third resource, Send the identification of the terminal device to the access network device.
  36. 根据权利要求31所述的装置,其特征在于,所述接收模块,还用于接收所述接入网设备发送的第四配置信息,所述第四配置信息包括至少一个第五资源的配置信息,第六资源为所述至少一个第五资源中的一个第五资源;The apparatus according to claim 31, wherein the receiving module is further configured to receive fourth configuration information sent by the access network device, where the fourth configuration information includes configuration information of at least one fifth resource , the sixth resource is a fifth resource in the at least one fifth resource;
    在向所述接入网设备指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源时,所述发送模块,用于When indicating to the access network device that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, the sending module is configured to:
    通过所述第六资源,向所述接入网设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源。Using the sixth resource, first indication information is sent to the access network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource.
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第六资源包括上行物理共享信道PUSCH资源,所述发送模块,还用于通过所述第六资源,向所述接入网设备发送所述终端设备的标识。The apparatus according to claim 36, wherein the sixth resource comprises an uplink physical shared channel PUSCH resource, and the sending module is further configured to send the information to the access network device through the sixth resource. the identification of the terminal equipment.
  38. 根据权利要求31所述的装置,其特征在于,在向所述接入网设备指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源时,所述发送模块,用于通过第七资源,向所述接入网设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源,所述第七资源用于承载msg-3或msg-A。The apparatus according to claim 31, wherein when indicating to the access network device that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, the sending module is configured to use a seventh resource, Send first indication information to the access network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, and the seventh resource is used to carry msg-3 or msg -A.
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的装置,其特征在于,所述发送模块,还用于通过所述第七资源,向所述接入网设备发送所述终端设备的标识。The apparatus according to claim 38, wherein the sending module is further configured to send the identifier of the terminal device to the access network device through the seventh resource.
  40. 根据权利要求36或38所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包含于MAC控制单元信令或恢复请求消息。The apparatus according to claim 36 or 38, wherein the first indication information is included in a MAC control element signaling or a recovery request message.
  41. 根据权利要求32或33或35或36所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to claim 32 or 33 or 35 or 36, characterized in that,
    所述第一配置信息携带在所述接入网设备发送的第一释放消息或第一***信息;和/或,The first configuration information is carried in the first release message or the first system information sent by the access network device; and/or,
    所述第二配置信息携带在所述接入网设备发送的第二释放消息或第二***信息;和/或,The second configuration information is carried in the second release message or the second system information sent by the access network device; and/or,
    所述第三配置信息携带在所述接入网设备发送的第三释放消息或第三***信息;和/或,The third configuration information is carried in the third release message or the third system information sent by the access network device; and/or,
    所述第四配置信息携带在所述接入网设备发送的第四释放消息或第四***信息。The fourth configuration information is carried in the fourth release message or fourth system information sent by the access network device.
  42. 根据权利要求32-41任意一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述接收模块,还用于The device according to any one of claims 32-41, wherein the receiving module is further configured to
    接收所述接入网设备发送的第一信息;receiving the first information sent by the access network device;
    其中,所述第一信息包括以下至少一种:定时提前、发送功率控制命令和第二指示信 息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一资源是否允许所述终端设备使用。Wherein, the first information includes at least one of the following: timing advance, transmission power control command, and second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether the first resource is allowed to be used by the terminal device.
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括处理模块,The apparatus of claim 42, wherein the apparatus further comprises a processing module,
    若所述第二指示信息用于指示允许所述终端设备使用所述第一资源,则所述收发模块,还用于在所述第一资源上发送上行参考信号;If the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is allowed to use the first resource, the transceiver module is further configured to send an uplink reference signal on the first resource;
    若所述第二指示信息用于指示不允许所述终端设备使用所述第一资源,则所述处理模块,用于重新从所述至少一个上行参考信号资源中选取一个上行参考信号资源。If the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is not allowed to use the first resource, the processing module is configured to reselect an uplink reference signal resource from the at least one uplink reference signal resource.
  44. 根据权利要求32所述的装置,其特征在于,所述接收模块,还用于接收所述接入网设备发送的寻呼信息,所述寻呼信息包括用于指示所述终端设备发送上行参考信号的信息。The apparatus according to claim 32, wherein the receiving module is further configured to receive paging information sent by the access network device, wherein the paging information includes instructions for instructing the terminal device to send an uplink reference signal information.
  45. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括收发模块和处理模块,其中,A communication device, characterized in that the communication device comprises a transceiver module and a processing module, wherein,
    所述收发模块,用于向终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包括至少一个上行参考信号资源的配置信息;The transceiver module is configured to send first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of at least one uplink reference signal resource;
    所述处理模块,用于根据来自所述终端设备的指示确定所述终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源,所述第一资源为所述至少一个上行参考信号资源中的上行参考信号资源。The processing module is configured to determine, according to an indication from the terminal device, that a resource used by the terminal device is a first resource, where the first resource is an uplink reference signal resource in the at least one uplink reference signal resource.
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发模块,用于向所述终端设备发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息包括至少一个第二资源的配置信息,第三资源为所述至少一个第二资源中的一个第二资源,所述第一资源与所述第三资源关联;The apparatus according to claim 45, wherein the transceiver module is configured to send second configuration information to the terminal device, wherein the second configuration information includes configuration information of at least one second resource, a third resource is a second resource in the at least one second resource, the first resource is associated with the third resource;
    在根据来自所述终端设备的指示确定所述终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源时,所述处理模块,用于根据上行物理信道确定所述终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源,所述上行物理信道是通过所述第三资源接收的,所述第三资源指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源。When determining that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource according to the instruction from the terminal device, the processing module is configured to determine, according to the uplink physical channel, that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, and the The uplink physical channel is received through the third resource, and the third resource indicates that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource.
  47. 根据权利要求46所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第三资源为一个物理随机接入信道PRACH资源,所述PRACH资源包括以下至少一种:一个随机接入机会和前导码。The apparatus according to claim 46, wherein the third resource is a physical random access channel (PRACH) resource, and the PRACH resource includes at least one of the following: a random access opportunity and a preamble.
  48. 根据权利要求46所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第三资源为物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源。The apparatus according to claim 46, wherein the third resource is a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource.
  49. 根据权利要求46-48任意一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发模块,还用于The device according to any one of claims 46-48, wherein the transceiver module is further configured to
    向所述终端设备发送第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息包括至少一个第四资源的配置信息,所述第一资源与所述至少一个第四资源中一个第四资源关联,或,所述第三资源与所述至少一个第四资源中一个第四资源关联;Send third configuration information to the terminal device, where the third configuration information includes configuration information of at least one fourth resource, the first resource is associated with one fourth resource in the at least one fourth resource, or, the third resource is associated with a fourth resource of the at least one fourth resource;
    通过与所述第一资源关联的第四资源,接收所述终端设备发送的所述终端设备的标识;或,Receive, through the fourth resource associated with the first resource, the identifier of the terminal device sent by the terminal device; or,
    通过与所述第三资源关联的第四资源,接收所述终端设备发送的所述终端设备的标识。The identifier of the terminal device sent by the terminal device is received through the fourth resource associated with the third resource.
  50. 根据权利要求45所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发模块,还用于向所述终端设备发送第四配置信息,所述第四配置信息包括至少一个第五资源的配置信息,第六资源为所述至少一个第五资源中的一个第五资源;The apparatus according to claim 45, wherein the transceiver module is further configured to send fourth configuration information to the terminal device, wherein the fourth configuration information includes configuration information of at least one fifth resource, and the sixth The resource is a fifth resource in the at least one fifth resource;
    在根据来自所述终端设备的指示确定所述终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源时,所述处理模块,用于根据第一指示信息确定所述终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源,所述第一指示信息是通过所述第六资源接收的,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源。When determining that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource according to the indication from the terminal device, the processing module is configured to determine, according to the first indication information, that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, The first indication information is received through the sixth resource, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource.
  51. 根据权利要求50所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第六资源包括上行物理共享信道PUSCH资源,所述收发模块,还用于通过所述第六资源,接收所述终端设备发送的所述终端设备的标识。The apparatus according to claim 50, wherein the sixth resource comprises an uplink physical shared channel PUSCH resource, and the transceiver module is further configured to receive, through the sixth resource, the information sent by the terminal device. The identification of the terminal device.
  52. 根据权利要求45所述的装置,其特征在于,在根据来自所述终端设备的指示确定所述终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源时,所述处理模块,用于根据第一指示信息确定所述终端设备所使用的资源为第一资源,所述第一指示信息是通过第七资源接收的,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备所使用的资源为所述第一资源,所述第七资源用于承载msg-3或msg-A。The apparatus according to claim 45, wherein when it is determined according to the indication from the terminal device that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, the processing module is configured to determine according to the first indication information The resource used by the terminal device is the first resource, the first indication information is received through the seventh resource, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the resource used by the terminal device is the first resource , the seventh resource is used to carry msg-3 or msg-A.
  53. 根据权利要求52所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发模块,用于通过所述第七资源,接收所述终端设备发送的所述终端设备的标识。The apparatus according to claim 52, wherein the transceiver module is configured to receive, through the seventh resource, the identifier of the terminal device sent by the terminal device.
  54. 根据权利要求50或52所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包含于MAC控制单元信令或恢复请求消息。The apparatus according to claim 50 or 52, wherein the first indication information is included in a MAC control element signaling or a recovery request message.
  55. 根据权利要求45或46或49或50所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to claim 45 or 46 or 49 or 50, characterized in that,
    所述第一配置信息携带在所述接入网设备发送的第一释放消息或第一***信息;和/或,The first configuration information is carried in the first release message or the first system information sent by the access network device; and/or,
    所述第二配置信息携带在所述接入网设备发送的第二释放消息或第二***信息;和/或,The second configuration information is carried in the second release message or the second system information sent by the access network device; and/or,
    所述第三配置信息携带在所述接入网设备发送的第三释放消息或第三***信息;和/或,The third configuration information is carried in the third release message or the third system information sent by the access network device; and/or,
    所述第四配置信息携带在所述接入网设备发送的第四释放消息或第四***信息。The fourth configuration information is carried in a fourth release message or fourth system information sent by the access network device.
  56. 根据权利要求45-55任意一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发模块,还用于The device according to any one of claims 45-55, wherein the transceiver module is further configured to
    向所述终端设备发送第一信息;sending first information to the terminal device;
    其中,所述第一信息包括以下至少一种:定时提前、功率控制信息和第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示是否允许所述终端设备使用所述第一资源。The first information includes at least one of the following: timing advance, power control information, and second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device is allowed to use the first resource.
  57. 根据权利要求56所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发模块,还用于在所述第一资源上接收上行参考信号。The apparatus according to claim 56, wherein the transceiver module is further configured to receive an uplink reference signal on the first resource.
  58. 根据权利要求45所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发模块,还用于向所述终端设备发送寻呼信息,所述寻呼信息包括用于指示所述终端设备发送上行参考信号的信息。The apparatus according to claim 45, wherein the transceiver module is further configured to send paging information to the terminal equipment, wherein the paging information includes information used to instruct the terminal equipment to send an uplink reference signal .
  59. 根据权利要求45-57任意一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发模块,还用于向第一设备发送所述第一资源的配置信息。The apparatus according to any one of claims 45-57, wherein the transceiver module is further configured to send configuration information of the first resource to the first device.
  60. 根据权利要求59所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发模块,还用于The device according to claim 59, wherein the transceiver module is further configured to
    接收来自所述第一设备的请求消息,所述请求消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示请求所述接入网设备获取使用所述第一资源的终端设备的标识;receiving a request message from the first device, where the request message includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to instruct the access network device to obtain an identifier of a terminal device that uses the first resource;
    向所述第一设备发送响应消息,所述响应消息包括使用所述第一资源的终端设备的标识。Sending a response message to the first device, the response message including an identifier of a terminal device using the first resource.
  61. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和存储器,所述处理器调用所述存储器中存储的计算机程序实现如权利要求1-14或15-30任一项所述的方法。A communication device is characterized by comprising a processor and a memory, wherein the processor invokes a computer program stored in the memory to implement the method according to any one of claims 1-14 or 15-30.
  62. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序,当所述计算机程序被运行时,实现如权利要求1-14或15-30任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is executed, any one of claims 1-14 or 15-30 is implemented. Methods.
PCT/CN2020/141360 2020-12-30 2020-12-30 Method for configuring uplink reference signal resource and related apparatus WO2022141184A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/141360 WO2022141184A1 (en) 2020-12-30 2020-12-30 Method for configuring uplink reference signal resource and related apparatus
CN202080108165.4A CN116671201A (en) 2020-12-30 2020-12-30 Method and related device for configuring uplink reference signal resource

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/141360 WO2022141184A1 (en) 2020-12-30 2020-12-30 Method for configuring uplink reference signal resource and related apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022141184A1 true WO2022141184A1 (en) 2022-07-07

Family

ID=82258785

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/141360 WO2022141184A1 (en) 2020-12-30 2020-12-30 Method for configuring uplink reference signal resource and related apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116671201A (en)
WO (1) WO2022141184A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023088039A1 (en) * 2021-11-17 2023-05-25 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and apparatus
WO2024045191A1 (en) * 2022-09-02 2024-03-07 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106793107A (en) * 2016-11-04 2017-05-31 北京展讯高科通信技术有限公司 Uplink reference signals generation method, ascending resource collocation method and base station
CN108023694A (en) * 2016-11-03 2018-05-11 华为技术有限公司 Uplink reference signals sending method, device, base station and user equipment
WO2020027594A1 (en) * 2018-08-01 2020-02-06 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for multi-beam operation in wireless communication system
CN110838862A (en) * 2018-08-17 2020-02-25 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 Beam processing method, device, terminal and network side equipment

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108023694A (en) * 2016-11-03 2018-05-11 华为技术有限公司 Uplink reference signals sending method, device, base station and user equipment
CN106793107A (en) * 2016-11-04 2017-05-31 北京展讯高科通信技术有限公司 Uplink reference signals generation method, ascending resource collocation method and base station
WO2020027594A1 (en) * 2018-08-01 2020-02-06 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for multi-beam operation in wireless communication system
CN110838862A (en) * 2018-08-17 2020-02-25 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 Beam processing method, device, terminal and network side equipment

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023088039A1 (en) * 2021-11-17 2023-05-25 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and apparatus
WO2024045191A1 (en) * 2022-09-02 2024-03-07 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116671201A (en) 2023-08-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6527965B2 (en) Method and system for data transmission between peer stations in a channel efficient distributed system
RU2688267C1 (en) Energy-saving method of accessing channel for radio communication devices in radio communication networks with high density of stations
WO2020221318A1 (en) Uplink beam management method and apparatus
CN110167035B (en) Beam management method, terminal, network device and storage medium
US11064437B2 (en) Power saving for wireless device
US20230103652A1 (en) Method for determining timing advance (ta), network device, and terminal
EP3654724A1 (en) Random access method, device and system
JP7400092B2 (en) Wake-up signal detection method and device
WO2020200134A1 (en) Random access method, and communication device
CN107534848B (en) System and method for data communication in decentralized and power-saving mode
WO2022141184A1 (en) Method for configuring uplink reference signal resource and related apparatus
WO2018233709A1 (en) Communication method and device
JP2023512807A (en) Method and apparatus for supporting reduced capacity devices in wireless communications
WO2022141219A1 (en) Positioning method and related apparatus
WO2021036834A1 (en) Resource indication method and apparatus
CN114731580A (en) Method and device for detecting Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH)
WO2021239113A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
WO2022151423A1 (en) Paging indication method and apparatus
WO2019041261A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2022082772A1 (en) Data transmission method and related apparatus
EP3036951A1 (en) Methods and network nodes for management of resources
WO2022237597A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2023151391A1 (en) Beam training method and communication apparatus
WO2023016557A1 (en) Communication processing method and communication processing apparatus
WO2024093323A1 (en) Determination of rach occasion groups

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20967525

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202080108165.4

Country of ref document: CN

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20967525

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1